UserGuide: Fixing two typos.
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
373 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
374 @item @b{cortino}
375 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
376 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
377 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
378 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
379 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
380 @end itemize
381
382 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
383
384 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
385 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
386 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
387 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
388 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
389
390 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
391 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
392 (see the section on driver commands).
393
394 @itemize
395 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
396 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
397 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
398 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
399 @end itemize
400
401 @section USB JLINK based
402 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
403 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
404 AT91SAM764 internally.
405
406 @itemize @bullet
407 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
408 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
409 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
410 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
411 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
413 @end itemize
414
415 @section USB RLINK based
416 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
417
418 @itemize @bullet
419 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
420 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
421 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
422 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
423 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
424 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
425 @end itemize
426
427 @section USB ST-LINK based
428 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
429 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
430
431 @itemize @bullet
432 @item @b{ST-LINK}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
435 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
436 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
437 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
438 @end itemize
439
440 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
441 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
442 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
443 @itemize @bullet
444 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
445 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
446 @end itemize
447
448 @section USB Other
449 @itemize @bullet
450 @item @b{USBprog}
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
452
453 @item @b{USB - Presto}
454 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
455
456 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
458
459 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
461
462 @item @b{Buspirate}
463 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
464 @end itemize
465
466 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
467
468 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
469 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
470 these on the market.
471
472 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
473 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
474 of USB-based ones.
475
476 @itemize @bullet
477
478 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
480
481 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
482 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
483 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
484
485 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
486 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
487
488 @item @b{GW16402}
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
490
491 @item @b{Wiggler2}
492 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
493 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
494
495 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
496 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
497
498 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
499 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
500
501 @item @b{arm-jtag}
502 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
503
504 @item @b{chameleon}
505 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
506
507 @item @b{Triton}
508 @* Unknown.
509
510 @item @b{Lattice}
511 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
512 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
513
514 @item @b{flashlink}
515 @* From ST Microsystems;
516 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
517 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
518
519 @end itemize
520
521 @section Other...
522 @itemize @bullet
523
524 @item @b{ep93xx}
525 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
526
527 @item @b{at91rm9200}
528 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
529
530 @end itemize
531
532 @node About Jim-Tcl
533 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
534 @cindex Jim-Tcl
535 @cindex tcl
536
537 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
538 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
539 command interpreter.
540
541 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
542 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
543 much of anything about Tcl.
544 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
545
546 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
547 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
548 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
549 OpenOCD mailing list.
550
551 @itemize @bullet
552 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
553 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
554 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
555 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
556 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
557 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
558
559 @item @b{Missing Features}
560 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
561 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
562 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
563 enabled in OpenOCD.
564
565 @item @b{Scripts}
566 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
567 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
568 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
569
570 @item @b{Commands}
571 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
572 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
573 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
574 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
575
576 @item @b{Historical Note}
577 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
578 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
579 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
580 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
581
582 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
583 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
584 @end itemize
585
586 @node Running
587 @chapter Running
588 @cindex command line options
589 @cindex logfile
590 @cindex directory search
591
592 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
593 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
594 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
595 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
596 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
597
598 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
599 tell it how each debug session should work.
600 The @option{--help} option shows:
601 @verbatim
602 bash$ openocd --help
603
604 --help | -h display this help
605 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
606 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
607 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
608 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
609 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
610 --command | -c run <command>
611 @end verbatim
612
613 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
614 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
615 To specify one or more different
616 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
617
618 @example
619 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
620 @end example
621
622 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
623 @enumerate
624 @item the current directory,
625 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
626 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
627 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
628 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
629 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
630 @end enumerate
631 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
632
633 @quotation Note
634 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
635 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
636 @end quotation
637
638 @section Simple setup, no customization
639
640 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
641 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
642 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
643 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
644 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
645
646 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
647 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
648 the server like:
649
650 @example
651 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
652 @end example
653
654 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
655 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
656 If all goes well you'll see output something like
657
658 @example
659 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
660 For bug reports, read
661 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
662 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
663 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
664 @end example
665
666 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
667 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
668 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
669
670 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
671
672 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
673 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
674 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
675 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
676 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
677 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
678 ensure that this always succeeds.
679 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
680 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
681 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
682 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
683
684 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
685 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
686 those channels.
687
688 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
689 the @option{-d} option.
690
691 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
692 @option{-c} command line switch.
693
694 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
695 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
696 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
697 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
698 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
699 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
700 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
701
702 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
703 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
704
705 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
706 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
707 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
708 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
709
710 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
711 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
712
713 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
714 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
715 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
716 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
717 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
718 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
719 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
720
721 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
722
723 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
724 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
725 and a USB cable on the other.
726 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
727 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
728
729 @enumerate
730 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
731 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
732 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
733 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
734 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
735 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
736 debugging host.
737
738 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
739 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
740 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
741 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
742 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
743
744 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
745 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
746 with 1.2 Volt boards.
747
748 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
749 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
750 ways to connect the cable.
751 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
752 Be sure it's firmly connected.
753
754 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
755 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
756 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
757 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
758 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
759 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
760 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
761 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
762
763 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
764 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
765 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
766 but are tedious to set up.
767 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
768 adapter signals to the right board pins.
769
770 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
771 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
772 you are using to run OpenOCD.
773 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
774
775 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
776 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
777 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
778
779 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
780 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
781 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
782
783 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
784 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
785 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
786 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
787
788 @end enumerate
789
790 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
791 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
792 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
793
794 @section Project Directory
795
796 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
797
798 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
799 single directory for your work with a given board.
800 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
801 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
802 files accessed through semihosting,
803 and for code you upload to the target board.
804 It is also the natural place to write files,
805 such as log files and data you download from the board.
806
807 @section Configuration Basics
808
809 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
810 a variety of ways you can mix them.
811 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
812
813 @itemize
814 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
815 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
816 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
817 @end itemize
818
819 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
820 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
821 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
822
823 @example
824 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
825
826 # GDB can also flash my flash!
827 gdb_memory_map enable
828 gdb_flash_program enable
829
830 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
831 @end example
832
833 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
834
835 @example
836 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
837 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
838 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
839 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
840 @end example
841
842 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
843 each supporting a different development task.
844 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
845 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
846
847 @quotation Important
848 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
849 problems with how it treats variables.
850 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
851 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
852 that can be tested in a later script.
853 @end quotation
854
855 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
856 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
857 to simplify your work.
858
859 @section User Config Files
860 @cindex config file, user
861 @cindex user config file
862 @cindex config file, overview
863
864 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
865 in one place.
866 One of the following will match your situation best:
867
868 @itemize
869 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
870 provided by someone else.
871 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
872 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
873 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
874 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
875 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
876 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
877
878 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
879 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
880
881 @enumerate
882 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
883 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
884 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
885 @end enumerate
886
887 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
888 The first is an interface config file.
889 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
890 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
891 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
892 meet your deadline:
893
894 @example
895 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
896 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
897 @end example
898
899 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
900 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
901 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
902 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
903
904 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
905 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
906 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
907 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
908 target and board
909 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
910 @xref{Autoprobing}.
911
912 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
913 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
914 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
915 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
916
917 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
918 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
919 giving access to your particular flash chips.
920 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
921 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
922
923 @quotation Note
924 When you write new configuration files, please submit
925 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
926 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
927 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
928 will help support users of any board using that chip.
929 @end quotation
930
931 @item
932 You may may need to write some C code.
933 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
934 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
935 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
936 a new chip architecture.
937 @end itemize
938
939 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
940 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
941 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
942
943 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
944 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
945 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
946 @itemize
947
948 @item
949 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
950 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
951 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
952 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
953
954 @item
955 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
956 @cindex vector_catch
957 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
958 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
959 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
960 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
961 along with messaging and tracing setup.
962 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
963
964 @item
965 You might need to override some defaults.
966 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
967 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
968
969 @item
970 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
971 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
972 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
973 @end itemize
974
975 @section Project-Specific Utilities
976
977 A few project-specific utility
978 routines may well speed up your work.
979 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
980
981 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
982 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
983 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
984 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
985 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
986 may help:
987
988 @example
989 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
990 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
991 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
992 # Leave the CPU halted.
993 reset init
994
995 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
996 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
997
998 # Start running.
999 resume 0x20000000
1000 @}
1001 @end example
1002
1003 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1004 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1005 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1006 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1007 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1008
1009 @example
1010 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1011 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1012 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1013 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1014 reset init
1015
1016 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1017 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1018 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1019 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1020 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1021 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1022 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1023
1024 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1025 reset run
1026 @}
1027 @end example
1028
1029 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1030 from NAND.
1031 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1032 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1033 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1034
1035 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1036 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1037
1038 @section Target Software Changes
1039
1040 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1041 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1042 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1043 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1044 handling issues like:
1045
1046 @itemize @bullet
1047
1048 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1049 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1050 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1051 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1052 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1053 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1054 your debug sessions.
1055
1056 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1057 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1058 That might however be your only option.
1059
1060 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1061 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1062 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1063 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1064 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1065 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1066 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1067 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1068 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1069 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1070 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1071 instead of the whole thing.
1072 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1073 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1074
1075 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1076 @cindex ARM semihosting
1077 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1078 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1079 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1080 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1081 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1082 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1083 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1084 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1085 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1086 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1087 NAND or SPI flash.
1088
1089 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1090 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1091 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1092 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1093 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1094
1095 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1096 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1097 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1098 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1099 registers which can be used to change various features including
1100 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1101 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1102 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1103 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1104 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1105
1106 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1107 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1108 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1109 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1110 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1111
1112 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1113 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1114 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1115 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1116 early code execution can be debugged
1117 or firmware can be replaced.
1118
1119 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1120 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1121 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1122 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1123 operations like writing to memory.)
1124
1125 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1126 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1127 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1128 various kinds of message.
1129 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1130
1131 @end itemize
1132
1133 @section Target Hardware Setup
1134
1135 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1136 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1137 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1138 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1139 working with.}
1140
1141 Common issues include:
1142
1143 @itemize @bullet
1144
1145 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1146 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1147 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1148 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1149 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1150 or one from a daughtercard).
1151 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1152 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1153
1154 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1155 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1156 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1157 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1158 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1159 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1160
1161 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1162 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1163 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1164 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1165 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1166
1167
1168 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1169 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1170 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1171 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1172 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1173 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1174 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1175
1176 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1177 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1178 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1179 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1180 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1181
1182 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1183 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1184 used to start booting.
1185
1186 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1187 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1188 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1189 multiple audio codec chips).
1190 This interacts with software
1191 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1192 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1193 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1194 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1195 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1196 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1197 audio or video codecs are used.
1198
1199 @end itemize
1200
1201 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1202 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1203 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1204 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1205 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1206 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1207 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1208 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1209 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1210 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1211
1212
1213 @node Config File Guidelines
1214 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1215
1216 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1217 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1218 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1219 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1220
1221 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1222 with files including the ones listed here.
1223 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1224 @itemize @bullet
1225 @item @file{interface} ...
1226 These are for debug adapters.
1227 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1228 @example
1229 $ ls interface
1230 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1231 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1232 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1233 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1234 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1235 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1236 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1237 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1238 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1239 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1240 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1241 $
1242 @end example
1243 @item @file{board} ...
1244 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1245 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1246 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1247 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1248 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1249 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1250 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1251 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1252 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1253 a CPU and an FPGA.
1254 @example
1255 $ ls board
1256 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1257 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1258 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1259 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1260 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1261 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1262 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1263 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1264 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1265 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1266 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1267 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1268 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1269 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1270 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1271 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1272 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1273 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1274 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1275 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1276 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1277 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1278 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1279 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1280 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1281 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1282 $
1283 @end example
1284 @item @file{target} ...
1285 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1286 on a chip
1287 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1288 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1289 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1290 the target config file defines all of them.
1291 @example
1292 $ ls target
1293 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1294 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1295 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1296 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1297 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1298 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1299 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1300 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1301 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1302 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1303 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1304 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1305 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1306 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1307 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1308 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1309 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1310 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1311 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1312 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1313 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1314 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1315 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1316 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1317 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1318 $
1319 @end example
1320 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1321 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1322 @end itemize
1323
1324 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1325 file may override features in any of the above files by
1326 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1327 commands specific to their situation.
1328
1329 @section Interface Config Files
1330
1331 The user config file
1332 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1333
1334 @example
1335 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1336 @end example
1337
1338 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1339 in use today with OpenOCD.
1340 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1341 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1342
1343 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1344 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1345 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1346 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1347 and need to provide a driver for it.
1348
1349 @section Board Config Files
1350 @cindex config file, board
1351 @cindex board config file
1352
1353 The user config file
1354 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1355
1356 @example
1357 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1358 @end example
1359
1360 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1361 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1362 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1363
1364 @enumerate
1365 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1366 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1367 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1368 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1369 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1370 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1371 @end enumerate
1372
1373 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1374 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1375 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1376 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1377
1378 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1379 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1380 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1381 configuration works.
1382
1383 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1384
1385 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1386 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1387 convention on how to use certain variables.
1388
1389 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1390 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1391 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1392 used at will within a target configuration file.
1393
1394 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1395 for a board with three chips:
1396
1397 @example
1398 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1399 set CHIPNAME network
1400 set ENDIAN big
1401 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1402 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1403 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1404 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1405
1406 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1407 set CHIPNAME video
1408 set ENDIAN little
1409 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1410 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1411 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1412 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1413
1414 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1415 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1416 unset ENDIAN
1417 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1418 @end example
1419
1420 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1421 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1422 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1423 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1424 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1425 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1426 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1427 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1428
1429 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1430 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1431 naming collisions.
1432
1433 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1434 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1435 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1436 up other clocks and peripherals.
1437
1438 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1439 @cindex variable names
1440
1441 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1442 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1443 one such chip (as shown above).
1444 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1445 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1446 to promote consistency and
1447 so that board files can override target defaults.
1448
1449 Inputs to target config files include:
1450
1451 @itemize @bullet
1452 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1453 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1454 tap identifier dotted names.
1455 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1456 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1457 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1458 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1459 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1460 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1461 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1462 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1463 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1464 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1465 @end itemize
1466
1467 Outputs from target config files include:
1468
1469 @itemize @bullet
1470 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1471 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1472 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1473 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1474 specific to that board and that target.
1475 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1476 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1477 @end itemize
1478
1479 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1480 @cindex event, reset-init
1481 @cindex reset-init handler
1482
1483 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1484 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1485 fully set up yet.
1486 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1487 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1488 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1489 handler is one of the most important.
1490
1491 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1492 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1493 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1494 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1495 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1496
1497 @quotation Note
1498 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1499 are included here.
1500 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1501 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1502 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1503 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1504 @end quotation
1505
1506 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1507 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1508 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1509 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1510 those as parameters.
1511 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1512 and disabling the watchdog.
1513 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1514 the next developer doing such work.
1515 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1516
1517 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1518 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1519 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1520 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1521
1522 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1523
1524 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1525 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1526 a low JTAG clock rate.
1527 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1528 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1529 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1530 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1531 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1532 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1533 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1534
1535 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1536 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1537 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1538 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1539 which might be less than that.
1540
1541 @quotation Warning
1542 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1543 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1544 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1545 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1546 @end quotation
1547
1548 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1549 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1550 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1551 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1552 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1553 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1554
1555 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1556 @subsection The init_board procedure
1557 @cindex init_board procedure
1558
1559 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1560 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1561 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1562 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1563 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1564 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1565 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1566 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1567 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1568 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1569
1570 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1571 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1572
1573 @example
1574 ### board_file.cfg ###
1575
1576 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1577 source [find target/target.cfg]
1578
1579 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1580 # enables fast on-board clock source
1581 # configures the chip to use it
1582 @}
1583
1584 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1585 proc init_board @{@} @{
1586 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1587
1588 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1589 adapter_khz 1
1590 enable_fast_clock
1591 adapter_khz 10000
1592 @}
1593 @}
1594 @end example
1595
1596 @section Target Config Files
1597 @cindex config file, target
1598 @cindex target config file
1599
1600 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1601 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1602 more target config files like this:
1603
1604 @example
1605 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1606 @end example
1607
1608 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1609 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1610 In summary the target files should contain
1611
1612 @enumerate
1613 @item Set defaults
1614 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1615 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1616 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1617 @item On-Chip flash
1618 @end enumerate
1619
1620 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1621 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1622 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1623
1624 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1625 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1626 can talk to the chip.
1627 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1628 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1629 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1630 and other processing engines.
1631
1632 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1633
1634 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1635 letting board config files express environment-specific
1636 differences in how things should be set up.
1637
1638 @example
1639 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1640 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1641 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1642 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1643 @} else @{
1644 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1645 @}
1646
1647 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1648 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1649 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1650 @} else @{
1651 set _ENDIAN little
1652 @}
1653
1654 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1655 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1656 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1657 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1658 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1659 @} else @{
1660 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1661 @}
1662 @end example
1663 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1664
1665 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1666 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1667 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1668
1669 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1670 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1671 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1672
1673 @example
1674 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1675 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1676 @end example
1677
1678 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1679 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1680 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1681 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1682 for taps.
1683
1684 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1685 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1686 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1687 looks (in part) like this:
1688
1689 @example
1690 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1691 @end example
1692
1693 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1694 to source such a config file twice, with different
1695 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1696 it adds a different TAP each time.
1697
1698 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1699 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1700 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1701 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1702
1703 @example
1704 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1705 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1706 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1707 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1708 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1709 @end example
1710
1711 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1712 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1713
1714 @itemize
1715 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1716 plus a JRC to enable them
1717 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1718 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1719 is not currently used)
1720 @end itemize
1721
1722 @subsection Add CPU targets
1723
1724 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1725 GDB and other commands can use it.
1726 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1727 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1728 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1729 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1730
1731 @example
1732 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1733 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1734 @end example
1735
1736 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1737 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1738 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1739 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1740 a work area if you can.
1741 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1742
1743 @example
1744 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1745 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1746 @end example
1747
1748 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1749 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1750 @cindex SMP
1751 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1752
1753 @example
1754 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1755 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1756 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1757 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1758 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1759 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1760 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1761 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1762 @end example
1763 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1764 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1765 @itemize @bullet
1766 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1767 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1768 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1769 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1770 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1771 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1772 @end itemize
1773
1774 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1775 command have been implemented.
1776 @itemize @bullet
1777 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1778 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1779 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1780 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1781 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1782 following example.
1783 @end itemize
1784
1785 @example
1786 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1787 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1788 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1789 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1790 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1791 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1792 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1793 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1794 > resume
1795 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1796 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1797 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1798 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1799 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1800 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1801 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1802 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1803 @end example
1804
1805
1806 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1807
1808 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1809 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1810 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1811
1812 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1813 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1814 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1815 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1816 both signals.
1817
1818 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1819 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1820 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1821 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1822 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1823 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1824 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1825 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1826 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1827 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1828 not available.)
1829
1830 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1831 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1832 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1833 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1834 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1835 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1836 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1837 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1838
1839 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1840 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1841 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1842 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1843 slower clock than they will use later.
1844 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1845 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1846 than they will use later.
1847 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1848
1849 @quotation Important
1850 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1851 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1852 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1853 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1854 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1855 @end quotation
1856
1857 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1858 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1859 @cindex init_targets procedure
1860
1861 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1862 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1863 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1864 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1865 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1866 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1867 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1868
1869 @example
1870 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1871
1872 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1873 # basic initialization procedure ...
1874 @}
1875
1876 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1877 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1878 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1879 @}
1880
1881 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1882
1883 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1884
1885 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1886 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1887 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1888 @}
1889 @end example
1890
1891 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
1892 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
1893
1894 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
1895
1896 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
1897
1898 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1899
1900 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1901 special high speed download features - enable it.
1902
1903 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1904
1905 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1906 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1907 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1908 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1909 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1910 If you are using an external trace port,
1911 configure it in your board config file.
1912 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1913 configure it in your target config file.
1914
1915 @example
1916 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1917 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1918 @end example
1919
1920 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1921
1922 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1923
1924 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1925 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1926 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1927 the TARGET (chip) file.
1928
1929 Examples:
1930 @itemize @bullet
1931 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1932 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1933 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1934 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1935 @end itemize
1936
1937 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1938 @section Translating Configuration Files
1939 @cindex translation
1940 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1941 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1942 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1943 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1944 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1945 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1946
1947 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1948 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1949 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1950 convert other scripts later on.
1951
1952 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1953 replace job:
1954
1955 @example
1956 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1957 #
1958 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1959 #
1960 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1961 #
1962 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1963
1964 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1965 global TARGETNAME
1966
1967 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1968
1969 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1970 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1971 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1972 @}
1973 @end example
1974
1975
1976
1977 @node Daemon Configuration
1978 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1979 @cindex initialization
1980 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1981 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1982 supported.
1983
1984 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1985 @section Configuration Stage
1986 @cindex configuration stage
1987 @cindex config command
1988
1989 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1990 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1991 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1992 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1993 inside startup scripts.
1994
1995 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1996 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1997 which may be issued interactively.
1998 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1999 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2000
2001 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2002 flash banks,
2003 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2004 and other basic setup.
2005 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2006 may access or activate TAPs.
2007 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2008 longer be issued.
2009
2010 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2011 @section Entering the Run Stage
2012
2013 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2014 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2015 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2016 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2017 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2018 You should see no errors at this point.
2019 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2020 commands you used to configure the server.
2021 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2022 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2023 on the scan chain.
2024
2025 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2026 become available.
2027 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2028 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2029 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2030 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2031 entry to the run stage.
2032
2033 @deffn {Config Command} init
2034 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2035 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2036 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2037 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2038 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2039 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2040
2041 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2042 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2043 configuration files and/or command line options.
2044
2045 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2046 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2047 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2048 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2049 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2050 @end deffn
2051
2052 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2053 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2054 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2055
2056 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2057 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2058 scan chain.
2059 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2060 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2061
2062 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2063 they return.
2064 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2065 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2066 @end deffn
2067
2068 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2069 @section TCP/IP Ports
2070 @cindex TCP port
2071 @cindex server
2072 @cindex port
2073 @cindex security
2074 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2075 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2076 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2077
2078 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2079 access using one or more of these ports.
2080 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2081 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2082 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2083
2084 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2085 @cindex GDB server
2086 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2087 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2088 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2089 the normal use cases.
2090
2091 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2092 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2093 disables the gdb server.
2094
2095 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2096 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2097
2098 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2099 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2100
2101 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2102 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2103 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2104
2105 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2106 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2107 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2108 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2109 @end deffn
2110
2111 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2112 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2113 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2114 output from the Tcl engine.
2115 Intended as a machine interface.
2116 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2117 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2118
2119 @end deffn
2120
2121 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2122 Specify or query the
2123 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2124 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2125 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2126 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2127 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2128 @end deffn
2129
2130 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2131 @section GDB Configuration
2132 @cindex GDB
2133 @cindex GDB configuration
2134 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2135 The ones listed here are static and global.
2136 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2137 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2138
2139 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2140 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2141 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2142 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2143 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2144 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2145 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2146 @end deffn
2147
2148 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2149 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2150 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2151 vFlash packet is received.
2152 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2153 @end deffn
2154
2155 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2156 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2157 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2158 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2159 for flash programming to work.
2160 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2161 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2162 @end deffn
2163
2164 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2165 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2166 by GDB memory read packets.
2167 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2168 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @anchor{Event Polling}
2172 @section Event Polling
2173
2174 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2175 where significant events can happen at any time.
2176 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2177 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2178 or to GDB.
2179
2180 Examples of such events include:
2181
2182 @itemize
2183 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2184 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2185 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2186 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2187 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2188 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2189 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2190 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2191 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2192 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2193 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2194 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2195 @end itemize
2196
2197 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2198 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2199 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2200 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2201 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2202
2203 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2204 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2205 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2206 to the various active targets.
2207 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2208 which is normally done in the background.
2209
2210 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2211 Poll the current target for its current state.
2212 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2213 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2214 specific information about the current state is printed.
2215 An optional parameter
2216 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2217
2218 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2219 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2220 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2221 @example
2222 > poll
2223 background polling: on
2224 target state: halted
2225 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2226 current mode: Supervisor
2227 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2228 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2229 >
2230 @end example
2231 @end deffn
2232
2233 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2234 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2235 @cindex config file, interface
2236 @cindex interface config file
2237
2238 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2239 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2240 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2241
2242 @quotation Note
2243 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2244 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2245 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2246 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2247 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2248 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2249 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2250 @end quotation
2251
2252 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2253 through commands in an interface configuration
2254 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2255 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2256
2257 @example
2258 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2259 @end example
2260
2261 These commands tell
2262 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2263 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2264
2265 @example
2266 # jlink interface
2267 interface jlink
2268 @end example
2269
2270 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2271
2272
2273 @section Interface Configuration
2274
2275 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2276 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2277 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2278
2279 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2280 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2281 target.
2282 @end deffn
2283
2284 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2285 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2286 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2287 @end deffn
2288 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2289 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2290 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2291 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2292 the hardware can support.
2293 @end deffn
2294
2295
2296
2297 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2298 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2299 @end deffn
2300
2301 @section Interface Drivers
2302
2303 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2304 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2305 available at run time.
2306
2307 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2308 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2309 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2310 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2311
2312 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2313 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2314 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2315 @end deffn
2316
2317 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2318 Displays status of RTCK option.
2319 Optionally sets that option first.
2320 @end deffn
2321 @end deffn
2322
2323 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2324 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2325 This has one driver-specific command:
2326
2327 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2328 Logs some status
2329 @end deffn
2330 @end deffn
2331
2332 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2333 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2334 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2335 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2336 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2337 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2338 @end deffn
2339
2340 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2341 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2342 @end deffn
2343
2344 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2345 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2346 @end deffn
2347
2348 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2349 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2350 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2351 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2352
2353 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2354 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2355 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2356 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2357 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2358 @end deffn
2359
2360 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2361 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2362 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2363 is connected to the host.
2364 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2365 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2366 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2367 @end deffn
2368
2369 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2370 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2371 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2372 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2373 @itemize @minus
2374 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2375 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2376 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2377 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2378 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2379 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2380 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2381 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2382 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2383 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2384 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2385 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2386 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2387 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2388 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2389 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2390 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2391 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2392 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2393 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2394 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2395 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2396 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2397 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2398 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2399 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2400 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2401 @end itemize
2402 @end deffn
2403
2404 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2405 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2406 default values are used.
2407 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2408 @example
2409 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2410 @end example
2411 @end deffn
2412
2413 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2414 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2415 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2416 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2417 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2418 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2419 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2420 @end deffn
2421
2422 For example, the interface config file for a
2423 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2424
2425 @example
2426 interface ft2232
2427 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2428 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2429 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2430 @end example
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2434 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2435 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2436 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2437
2438 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2439 processors which are being simulated.
2440
2441 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2442 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2443 sockets instead of TCP.
2444 @end deffn
2445
2446 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2447 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2448 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2449 @end deffn
2450
2451 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2452 something like:
2453
2454 @example
2455 interface remote_bitbang
2456 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2457 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2458 @end example
2459
2460 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2461 named mysocket:
2462
2463 @example
2464 interface remote_bitbang
2465 remote_bitbang_port 0
2466 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2467 @end example
2468 @end deffn
2469
2470 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2471 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2472 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2473 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2474
2475 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2476 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2477 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2478 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2479 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2480 @end deffn
2481
2482 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2483 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2484 default values are used.
2485 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2486 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2487 @example
2488 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2489 @end example
2490 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2491 @example
2492 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2493 @end example
2494 @end deffn
2495
2496 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2497 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2498 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2499 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2500
2501 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2502 @example
2503 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2504 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2505 @end example
2506 @end deffn
2507
2508 @end deffn
2509
2510 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2511 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2512 This has one driver-specific command:
2513
2514 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2515 Display either the address of the I/O port
2516 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2517 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2518 This is a write-once setting.
2519 @end deffn
2520 @end deffn
2521
2522 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2523 Segger jlink USB adapter
2524 @c command: jlink caps
2525 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2526 @c command: jlink config
2527 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2528 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2529 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2530 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2531 @c set the MAC Address
2532 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2533 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2534 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2535 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2536 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2537 @c command: jlink config reset
2538 @c reset the current config
2539 @c command: jlink config save
2540 @c save the current config
2541 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2542 @c set the USB-Address,
2543 @c This will change the product id
2544 @c command: jlink info
2545 @c dumps status
2546 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2547 @c sets version 2 or 3
2548 @c command: jlink pid
2549 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2550 @end deffn
2551
2552 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2553 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2554 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2555 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2556 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2557
2558 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2559 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2560 This is a write-once setting.
2561 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2562
2563 @itemize @minus
2564 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2565 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2566 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2567 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2568 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2569 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2570 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2571 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2572 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2573 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2574 some versions of
2575 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2576 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2577 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2578 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2579 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2580 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2581 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2582 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2583 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2584 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2585 @end itemize
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2589 Display either the address of the I/O port
2590 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2591 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2592 This is a write-once setting.
2593
2594 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2595 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2596 you may encounter a problem.
2597 @end deffn
2598
2599 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2600 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2601 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2602 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2603 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2604 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2605
2606 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2607 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2608 @quotation Tip
2609 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2610 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2611 @example
2612 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2613 > adapter_khz 500
2614 @end example
2615 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2616 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2617 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2618 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2619 large set of samples.
2620 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2621 @example
2622 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2623 @end example
2624 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2625 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2626
2627 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2628 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2629 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2630 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2631 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2632 @end quotation
2633 @end deffn
2634
2635 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2636 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2637 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2638 @end deffn
2639
2640 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2641 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2642
2643 @example
2644 interface parport
2645 parport_port 0x278
2646 parport_cable wiggler
2647 @end example
2648 @end deffn
2649
2650 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2651 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2652 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2653 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2654 @end deffn
2655 @end deffn
2656
2657 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2658 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2662 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2663 @end deffn
2664
2665 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2666 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2667
2668 @quotation Note
2669 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2670 which are not currently documented here.
2671 @end quotation
2672 @end deffn
2673
2674 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2675 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2676 @end deffn
2677
2678 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2679 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2680 @end deffn
2681
2682 @quotation Note
2683 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2684 which are not currently documented here.
2685 @end quotation
2686
2687 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2688 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2689 No arguments: print status.
2690 @end deffn
2691
2692 @section Transport Configuration
2693 @cindex Transport
2694 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2695 and the debug adapter you are using,
2696 several transports may be available to
2697 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2698 @deffn Command {transport list}
2699 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2700 version of OpenOCD.
2701 @end deffn
2702
2703 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2704 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2705 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2706 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2707 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2708 @end deffn
2709
2710 @subsection JTAG Transport
2711 @cindex JTAG
2712 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2713 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2714 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2715 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2716 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2717 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2718 @subsection SWD Transport
2719 @cindex SWD
2720 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2721 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2722 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2723 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2724 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2725 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2726 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2727 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2728 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2729 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2730 expected to change.
2731 @end deffn
2732 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2733 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2734 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2735 No parameters: displays current settings.
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @subsection SPI Transport
2739 @cindex SPI
2740 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2741 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2742 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2743 solution for flash programming.
2744
2745 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2746 @section JTAG Speed
2747 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2748 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2749 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2750 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2751 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2752 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2753 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2754 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2755 power management software that may be active.
2756
2757 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2758 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2759 target event handler.
2760 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2761 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2762 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2763 sets up those clocks).
2764 @xref{Target Events}.
2765 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2766 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2767 in the target config file.
2768 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2769 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2770 config file instead.
2771 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2772 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2773 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2774
2775 @example
2776 jtag_rclk 3000
2777 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2778 @end example
2779
2780 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2781 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2782 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2783 may not be the fastest solution.
2784
2785 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2786 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2787 which support adaptive clocking.
2788
2789 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2790 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2791 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2792 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2793 than the speed specified.
2794
2795 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2796 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2797 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2798 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2799
2800 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2801 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2802 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2803 JTAG clocking after setup.
2804 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2805 If the interface device can not
2806 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2807 @end deffn
2808
2809 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2810 @cindex adaptive clocking
2811 @cindex RTCK
2812 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2813 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2814 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2815 @example
2816 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2817 jtag_rclk 3000
2818 @end example
2819 @end defun
2820
2821 @node Reset Configuration
2822 @chapter Reset Configuration
2823 @cindex Reset Configuration
2824
2825 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2826 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2827 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2828 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2829 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2830 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2831 Please see the various board files for examples.
2832
2833 @quotation Note
2834 To maintainers and integrators:
2835 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2836 Normally the board configuration file
2837 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2838 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2839
2840 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2841 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2842 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2843 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2844 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2845 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2846 @end quotation
2847
2848 @section Types of Reset
2849
2850 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2851 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2852 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2853
2854 @itemize @bullet
2855 @item
2856 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2857 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2858 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2859 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2860 @item
2861 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2862 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2863 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2864 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2865 @item
2866 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2867 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2868 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2869 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2870 @item
2871 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2872 several other types of reset.
2873 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2874 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2875 There may be individual module resets.
2876 @end itemize
2877
2878 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2879 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2880 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2881 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2882 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2883 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2884 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2885 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2886 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2887
2888 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2889 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2890
2891 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2892 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2893 common issues are:
2894
2895 @itemize @bullet
2896
2897 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2898 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2899 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2900 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2901 when either of those signals is not connected.
2902 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2903 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2904 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2905 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2906
2907 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2908 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2909 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2910 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2911
2912 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2913 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2914 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2915 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2916 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2917 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2918 hardware debouncing.
2919 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2920 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2921
2922 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2923 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2924 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2925 to use push/pull output drivers.
2926 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2927 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2928 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2929 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2930
2931 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2932 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2933 issues (not limited to errata).
2934 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2935 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2936 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2937 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2938 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2939 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2940 @end itemize
2941
2942 There can also be other issues.
2943 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2944 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2945 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2946 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2947 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2948 Agreement (NDA).
2949
2950 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2951 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2952 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2953
2954 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2955 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2956
2957 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2958
2959 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2960 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2961 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2962 allowing it to be deasserted.
2963 @end deffn
2964
2965 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2966 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2967 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2968 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2969 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2970 @end deffn
2971
2972 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2973 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2974 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2975 allowing it to be deasserted.
2976 @end deffn
2977
2978 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2979 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2980 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2981 @end deffn
2982
2983 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2984 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2985 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2986 configuration scripts.
2987
2988 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2989 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2990 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2991 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2992 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2993 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2994 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2995 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2996
2997 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2998 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2999 @var{gates},
3000 @var{trst_type},
3001 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
3002 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3003 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3004 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3005 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3006 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3007
3008 @itemize
3009 @item
3010 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3011 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3012 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3013 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3014 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3015
3016 @quotation Tip
3017 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3018 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3019 @end quotation
3020
3021 @item
3022 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3023 signal implementations.
3024 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3025 indicating everything behaves normally.
3026 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3027 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3028 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3029 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3030 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3031 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3032 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3033
3034 @item
3035 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3036 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3037 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3038 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3039 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3040 while SRST is asserted.
3041 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3042 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3043 @end itemize
3044
3045 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3046 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3047 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3048 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3049 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3050
3051 @itemize
3052 @item
3053 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3054 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3055 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3056 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3057
3058 @item
3059 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3060 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3061 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3062 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3063 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3064 @end itemize
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @section Custom Reset Handling
3068 @cindex events
3069
3070 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3071 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3072 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3073 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3074 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3075 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3076
3077 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3078 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3079 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3080 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3081 want to reset everything at once.
3082
3083 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3084 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3085 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3086 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3087 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3088 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3089 needs special attention.
3090
3091 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3092 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3093 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3094 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3095 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3096 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3097 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3098 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3099
3100 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3101 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3102 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3103 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3104 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3105
3106 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3107 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3108 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3109 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3110 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3111 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3112 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3113 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3114 or potentially some other value.
3115
3116 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3117 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3118 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3119 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3120 (or their associated targets)
3121 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3122
3123 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3124 they return.
3125 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3126 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3127 @end deffn
3128
3129 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3130 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3131 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3132 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3133 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3134 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3135 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3136 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3137 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3138 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3139 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3140 @end deffn
3141
3142 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3143 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3144 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3145 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3146 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3147 @end deffn
3148
3149
3150 @node TAP Declaration
3151 @chapter TAP Declaration
3152 @cindex TAP declaration
3153 @cindex TAP configuration
3154
3155 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3156 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3157
3158 @itemize @bullet
3159 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3160 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3161 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3162 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3163 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3164 start running that code.
3165 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3166 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3167 and missing connections
3168 @end itemize
3169
3170 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3171 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3172 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3173 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3174 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3175
3176 @section Scan Chains
3177 @cindex scan chain
3178
3179 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3180 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3181 They also need to be added to
3182 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3183 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3184 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3185 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3186 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3187 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3188 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3189 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3190
3191 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3192 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3193 command, presented in the next chapter.
3194 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3195 debugging targets.)
3196 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3197
3198 @verbatim
3199 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3200 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3201 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3202 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3203 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3204 @end verbatim
3205
3206 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3207 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3208 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3209 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3210 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3211 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3212 until they are told to do so.
3213
3214 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3215 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3216 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3217 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3218
3219 @example
3220 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3221 @end example
3222
3223 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3224 by a given chip.
3225 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3226 and so forth.
3227 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3228 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3229 a single chip and between them.
3230 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3231
3232 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3233 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3234 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3235 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3236 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3237 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3238 includes commands something like this:
3239
3240 @example
3241 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3242 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3243 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3244 @end example
3245
3246 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3247 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3248 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3249
3250 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3251 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3252 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3253 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3254 @example
3255 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3256 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3257 @}
3258 @end example
3259 @end deffn
3260
3261 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3262 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3263 and their status.
3264 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3265 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3266 but systems with a JTAG router can
3267 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3268 @end deffn
3269
3270 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3271 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3272
3273 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3274 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3275
3276 @section TAP Names
3277 @cindex dotted name
3278
3279 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3280 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3281 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3282 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3283 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3284 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3285 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3286 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3287
3288 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3289 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3290 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3291
3292 @quotation Tip
3293 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3294 This feature is still present.
3295 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3296 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3297 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3298 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3299 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3300 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3301 @end quotation
3302
3303 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3304
3305 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3306 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3307 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3308 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3309 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3310
3311 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3312 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3313 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3314 overridable.
3315
3316 @cindex TAP naming convention
3317 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3318 and should follow this convention:
3319
3320 @itemize @bullet
3321 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3322 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3323 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3324 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3325 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3326 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3327 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3328 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3329 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3330 with a single TAP;
3331 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3332 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3333 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3334 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3335 @end itemize
3336
3337 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3338
3339 @itemize @bullet
3340 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3341 @*The length in bits of the
3342 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3343 @end itemize
3344
3345 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3346
3347 @itemize @bullet
3348 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3349 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3350 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3351 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3352 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3353 (the TAP is linked in).
3354 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3355 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3356 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3357 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3358 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3359 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3360 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3361 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3362 values that were found but not included in the list.
3363
3364 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3365 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3366 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3367 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3368 hardware to find these values.
3369 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3370 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3371 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3372 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3373 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3374 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3375 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3376 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3377 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3378 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3379 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3380 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3381 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3382 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3383 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3384 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3385 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3386 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3387 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3388 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3389 @end itemize
3390 @end deffn
3391
3392 @section Other TAP commands
3393
3394 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3395 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3396 At this writing this TAP attribute
3397 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3398 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3399 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3400 See the next section for information about the available events.
3401
3402 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3403 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3404 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3405 @end deffn
3406
3407 @anchor{TAP Events}
3408 @section TAP Events
3409 @cindex events
3410 @cindex TAP events
3411
3412 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3413 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3414 The other applies to debugger targets,
3415 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3416
3417 The TAP events currently defined are:
3418
3419 @itemize @bullet
3420 @item @b{post-reset}
3421 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3422 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3423 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3424 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3425 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3426
3427 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3428 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3429 of any particular target.
3430 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3431 @item @b{setup}
3432 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3433 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3434 @item @b{tap-disable}
3435 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3436 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3437 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3438 @item @b{tap-enable}
3439 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3440 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3441 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3442 @end itemize
3443
3444 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3445 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3446 contents to be accurate), you might:
3447
3448 @example
3449 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3450 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3451 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3452 @}
3453 @end example
3454
3455
3456 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3457 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3458 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3459 @cindex jrc
3460
3461 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3462 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3463 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3464 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3465 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3466
3467 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3468 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3469 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3470 be visible.
3471 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3472 ignores, such as:
3473
3474 @itemize
3475 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3476 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3477 TAPs receive new instructions.
3478 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3479 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3480 @end itemize
3481
3482 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3483 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3484 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3485 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3486
3487 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3488 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3489
3490 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3491 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3492 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3493 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3494 should define TAP event handlers using
3495 code that looks something like this:
3496
3497 @example
3498 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3499 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3500 @}
3501 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3502 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3503 @}
3504 @end example
3505
3506 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3507
3508 @example
3509 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3510 @end example
3511
3512 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3513 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3514 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3515 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3516
3517 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3518 If necessary, disables the tap
3519 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3520 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3521 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3522 and "0" if it is disabled.
3523 @end deffn
3524
3525 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3526 If necessary, enables the tap
3527 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3528 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3529 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3530 and "0" if it is disabled.
3531 @end deffn
3532
3533 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3534 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3535 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3536 and "0" if it is disabled.
3537
3538 @quotation Note
3539 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3540 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3541 @end quotation
3542 @end deffn
3543
3544 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3545 @section Autoprobing
3546 @cindex autoprobe
3547 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3548
3549 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3550 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3551 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3552 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3553
3554 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3555 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3556 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3557 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3558 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3559 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3560 right when they come out of reset).
3561
3562 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3563
3564 @example
3565 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3566 reset_config trst_and_srst
3567 jtag_rclk 8
3568 @end example
3569
3570 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3571 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3572
3573 @enumerate
3574 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3575 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3576 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3577 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3578 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3579 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3580 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3581 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3582 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3583 that is discovered.
3584 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3585 register, it will report it.
3586 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3587 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3588 @end enumerate
3589
3590 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3591 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3592 that's a bit more complex:
3593
3594 @example
3595 clock speed 8 kHz
3596 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3597 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3598 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3599 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3600 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3601 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3602 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3603 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3604 @end example
3605
3606 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3607 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3608 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3609 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3610 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3611 and so forth.
3612
3613 @node CPU Configuration
3614 @chapter CPU Configuration
3615 @cindex GDB target
3616
3617 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3618 You can also access these targets without GDB
3619 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3620 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3621 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3622 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3623
3624 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3625 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3626
3627 @section Target List
3628 @cindex target, current
3629 @cindex target, list
3630
3631 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3632 where each member has a name.
3633 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3634 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3635 (plural!) command.
3636 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3637 look like with more than one:
3638 @verbatim
3639 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3640 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3641 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3642 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3643 @end verbatim
3644
3645 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3646 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3647 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3648 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3649 space seen by that current target.
3650 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3651 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3652 are examples; and there are many more.
3653
3654 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3655
3656 @deffn Command {target count}
3657 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3658 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3659 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3660
3661 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3662 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3663 @example
3664 set c [target count]
3665 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3666 # Assuming you have created this function
3667 print_target_details $x
3668 @}
3669 @end example
3670 @end deffn
3671
3672 @deffn Command {target current}
3673 Returns the name of the current target.
3674 @end deffn
3675
3676 @deffn Command {target names}
3677 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3678 @example
3679 foreach t [target names] @{
3680 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3681 @}
3682 @end example
3683 @end deffn
3684
3685 @deffn Command {target number} number
3686 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3687 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3688
3689 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3690 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3691 @example
3692 set thename [target number $x]
3693 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3694 @end example
3695 @end deffn
3696
3697 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3698 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3699
3700 @deffn Command targets [name]
3701 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3702 command names are singular.}
3703
3704 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3705 targets in a user friendly form.
3706
3707 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3708 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3709 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3710 @end deffn
3711
3712 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3713 @cindex target type
3714 @cindex CPU type
3715 @cindex CPU variant
3716
3717 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3718 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3719 when calling @command{target create}.
3720 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3721 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3722 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3723 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3724 what core-specific commands may be available
3725 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3726 and more.
3727
3728 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3729 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3730 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3731 worked around in some chip versions.
3732
3733 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3734 since there's a command to list them.
3735 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3736 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3737
3738 @anchor{target types}
3739 @deffn Command {target types}
3740 Lists all supported target types.
3741 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3742
3743 @itemize @bullet
3744 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3745 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3746 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3747 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3748 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3749 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3750 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3751 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3752 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3753 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3754 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3755 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3756 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3757 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3758 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3759 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3760 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3761 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3762 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3763 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3764 There are several variants defined:
3765 @itemize @minus
3766 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3767 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3768 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3769 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3770 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3771 @end itemize
3772 @end itemize
3773 @end deffn
3774
3775 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3776 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3777 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3778 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3779 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3780 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3781 reflect design generations;
3782 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3783 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3784
3785 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3786 @section Target Configuration
3787
3788 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3789 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3790 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3791 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3792 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3793
3794 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3795 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3796 optional parts.
3797 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3798 command, created as part of target creation.
3799
3800 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3801 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3802 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3803 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3804 to be much more board-specific.
3805 The key steps you use might look something like this
3806
3807 @example
3808 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3809 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3810 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3811 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3812 @end example
3813
3814 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3815 on-chip SRAM.
3816 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3817 writes to target memory;
3818 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3819 GDB memory checksumming;
3820 and more.
3821
3822 @quotation Warning
3823 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3824 inaccessible when application code
3825 (such as an operating system)
3826 enables or disables the MMU.
3827 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3828 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3829 easy access to other addresses needed.
3830 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3831 @end quotation
3832
3833 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3834 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3835 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3836 controllers.
3837 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3838 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3839 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3840
3841 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3842 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3843 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3844 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3845 purposes including additional configuration.
3846
3847 @itemize @bullet
3848 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3849 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3850 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3851 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3852
3853 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3854 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3855 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3856 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3857 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3858 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3859 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3860 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3861
3862 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3863 @end itemize
3864 @end deffn
3865
3866 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3867 The options accepted by this command may also be
3868 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3869 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3870 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3871
3872 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3873 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3874 and changing its endianness or variant.
3875
3876 @itemize @bullet
3877
3878 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3879 used to access this target.
3880
3881 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3882 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3883
3884 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3885 @xref{Target Events}.
3886 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3887 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3888 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3889 same event name assigns only one handler.
3890
3891 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3892 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3893
3894 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3895 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3896 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3897 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3898 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3899 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3900 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3901
3902 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3903 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3904 or virtual address is being used.
3905
3906 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3907 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3908
3909 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3910 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3911 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3912 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3913 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3914
3915 @end itemize
3916 @end deffn
3917
3918 @section Other $target_name Commands
3919 @cindex object command
3920
3921 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3922 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3923
3924 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3925 Once a button is created a button
3926 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3927 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3928 configure it like this:
3929
3930 @example
3931 # Create
3932 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3933 # Modify
3934 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3935 # Query
3936 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3937 # Report
3938 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3939 @end example
3940
3941 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3942 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3943
3944 @example
3945 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3946 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3947 @end example
3948
3949 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3950
3951 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3952 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3953 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3954 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3955 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3956 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3957 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3958 They are not otherwise documented here.
3959 @end deffn
3960
3961 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3962 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3963 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3964 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3965 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3966 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3967 the target side uses raw memory.
3968
3969 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3970 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3971 The script orientation comes from working with data
3972 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3973 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3974 and neither store nor return those values.
3975
3976 @itemize
3977 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3978 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3979 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3980 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3981 @end itemize
3982 @end deffn
3983
3984 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3985 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3986 @command{$target_name configure}
3987 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3988 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3989 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3990 There are a few special cases:
3991
3992 @itemize @bullet
3993 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3994 event named @var{event_name}.
3995 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3996 two parameters.
3997 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3998 This is a special case because this is set using
3999 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4000 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4001 @end itemize
4002
4003 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4004 all the targets you might use something like this:
4005
4006 @example
4007 foreach name [target names] @{
4008 set y [$name cget -endian]
4009 set z [$name cget -type]
4010 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4011 $x $name $y $z]
4012 @}
4013 @end example
4014 @end deffn
4015
4016 @anchor{target curstate}
4017 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4018 Displays the current target state:
4019 @code{debug-running},
4020 @code{halted},
4021 @code{reset},
4022 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4023 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4024 @end deffn
4025
4026 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4027 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4028 currently associated with this target.
4029 @xref{Target Events}.
4030 @end deffn
4031
4032 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4033 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4034 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4035 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4036 @end deffn
4037
4038 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4039 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4040 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4041 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4042 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4043 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4044 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4045 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4046 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4047 @end deffn
4048
4049 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4050 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4051 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4052 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4053 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4054 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4055 @end deffn
4056
4057 @anchor{Target Events}
4058 @section Target Events
4059 @cindex target events
4060 @cindex events
4061 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4062 For example:
4063 @itemize @bullet
4064 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4065 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4066 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4067 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4068 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4069 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4070 to set up system clocks or
4071 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4072 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4073 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4074 @end itemize
4075
4076 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4077 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4078 @command{target create ... -event}.
4079
4080 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4081 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4082 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4083
4084 @example
4085 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4086 echo "Reset..."
4087 reset halt
4088 @}
4089 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4090 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4091 echo "Reset..."
4092 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4093 reset init
4094 @}
4095 @end example
4096
4097 The following target events are defined:
4098
4099 @itemize @bullet
4100 @item @b{debug-halted}
4101 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4102 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4103 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4104 @item @b{early-halted}
4105 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4106 @ignore
4107 @item @b{examine-end}
4108 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4109 @item @b{examine-start}
4110 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4111 @end ignore
4112 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4113 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4114 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4115 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4116 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4117 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4118 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4119 @* When GDB disconnects
4120 @item @b{gdb-end}
4121 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4122 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4123 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4124 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4125 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4126 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4127 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4128 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4129 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4130 @item @b{gdb-start}
4131 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4132 @item @b{halted}
4133 @* The target has halted
4134 @ignore
4135 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4136 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4137 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4138 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4139 @end ignore
4140 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4141 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4142 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4143 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4144 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4145 @item @b{reset-assert}
4146 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4147 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4148 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4149 it instead of asserting SRST.
4150 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4151 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4152 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4153 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4154 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4155 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4156 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4157 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4158 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4159 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4160 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4161 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4162 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4163 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4164 released on the scan chain.
4165 @item @b{reset-end}
4166 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4167 @ignore
4168 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4169 @* Currently not used
4170 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4171 @* Currently not used
4172 @end ignore
4173 @item @b{reset-init}
4174 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4175 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4176
4177 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4178 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4179 multiplexing, and so on.
4180 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4181 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4182 @item @b{reset-start}
4183 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4184 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4185
4186 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4187 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4188 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4189 @ignore
4190 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4191 @* Currently not used
4192 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4193 @* Currently not used
4194 @end ignore
4195 @item @b{resume-start}
4196 @* Before any target is resumed
4197 @item @b{resume-end}
4198 @* After all targets have resumed
4199 @item @b{resume-ok}
4200 @* Success
4201 @item @b{resumed}
4202 @* Target has resumed
4203 @end itemize
4204
4205
4206 @node Flash Commands
4207 @chapter Flash Commands
4208
4209 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4210 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4211 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4212 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4213 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4214 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4215 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4216 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4217 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4218
4219 Flash Steps:
4220 @enumerate
4221 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4222 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4223 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4224 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4225 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4226 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4227 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4228 @item GDB Flashing
4229 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4230 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4231 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4232 @end enumerate
4233
4234 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4235 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4236 so that it can't boot.
4237 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4238 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4239
4240 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4241 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4242 @cindex flash configuration
4243
4244 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4245 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4246 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4247 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4248 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4249 see the driver-specific documentation.
4250
4251 @itemize @bullet
4252 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4253 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4254 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4255 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4256 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4257 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4258 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4259 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4260 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4261 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4262 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4263 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4264 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4265 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4266 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4267 commands to the flash controller.
4268 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4269 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4270 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4271 for more information.
4272 @end itemize
4273 @quotation Note
4274 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4275 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4276 @end quotation
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4280 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4281 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4282 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4283 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4284 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4285 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4286 @end deffn
4287
4288 @deffn Command {flash list}
4289 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4290 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4291 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4292 @end deffn
4293
4294 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4295 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4296 depends on the flash type.
4297 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4298 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4299 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4300 but most don't bother.
4301 @end deffn
4302
4303 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4304 @cindex flash erasing
4305 @cindex flash reading
4306 @cindex flash writing
4307 @cindex flash programming
4308
4309 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4310 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4311 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4312 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4313 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4314
4315 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4316 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4317 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4318 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4319 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4320
4321 @quotation Note
4322 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4323 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4324 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4325 back to a flash bank.
4326 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4327 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4328 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4329 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4330 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4331 @end quotation
4332
4333 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4334 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4335 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4336 disabled first.
4337 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4338 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4339 @xref{flash protect}.
4340
4341 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4342 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4343 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4344 up to and including @var{last}.
4345 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4346 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4347 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4348 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4349 @end deffn
4350
4351 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4352 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4353 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4354 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4355 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4356 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4357 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4358 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4359 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4360 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4361 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4362 before erase starts.
4363 @end deffn
4364
4365 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4366 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4367 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4368 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4369 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4370 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4371 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4372 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4373 before issuing this command.
4374 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4375 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4376 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4377 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4378 @end deffn
4379 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4380
4381 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4382 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4383 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4384 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4385 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @anchor{flash write_image}
4389 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4390 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4391 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4392 to the base address for each section in the image.
4393 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4394 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4395 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4396 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4397 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4398 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4399 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4400 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4401 each image section.
4402
4403 @quotation Warning
4404 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4405 data you want to preserve.
4406 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4407 sections might be erased with no notice.
4408 @itemize
4409 @item
4410 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4411 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4412 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4413 @item
4414 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4415 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4416 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4417 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4418 @end itemize
4419 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4420 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4421 @end quotation
4422
4423 @end deffn
4424
4425 @section Other Flash commands
4426 @cindex flash protection
4427
4428 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4429 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4430 and display that status.
4431 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4432 @end deffn
4433
4434 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4435 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4436 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4437 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4438 and possibly stale information.
4439 @end deffn
4440
4441 @anchor{flash protect}
4442 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4443 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4444 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4445 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4446 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4447 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4448 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4449 @end deffn
4450
4451 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4452 @section Flash Driver List
4453 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4454 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4455 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4456
4457 @subsection External Flash
4458
4459 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4460 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4461 @cindex CFI
4462 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4463 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4464 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4465 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4466 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4467 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4468 configure a bus and its timings), or
4469 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4470 on the flash chip.
4471 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4472 speed up operation.
4473
4474 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4475
4476 @itemize
4477 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4478 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4479 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4480 @end itemize
4481
4482 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4483 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4484
4485 @example
4486 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4487 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4488 @end example
4489
4490 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4491 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4492 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4493
4494 @example
4495 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4496 @end example
4497
4498 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4499 @end deffn
4500
4501 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4502 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4503 @cindex SMI
4504 @cindex stmsmi
4505 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4506 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4507 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4508 SPI flash devices.
4509 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4510 flash devices can be connected.
4511
4512 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4513 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4514 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4515 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4516 the flash content.
4517
4518 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4519 to identify the memory bank.
4520 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4521 flash size, are detected automatically.
4522
4523 @example
4524 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4525 @end example
4526
4527 @end deffn
4528
4529 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4530
4531 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4532 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4533 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4534 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4535 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4536 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4537
4538 @example
4539 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4540 @end example
4541 @end deffn
4542
4543 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4544 @cindex at91sam3
4545 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4546 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4547 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4548 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4549 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4550 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4551 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4552 chips are confirmed.}
4553
4554 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4555 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4556 the following fixed locations:
4557
4558 @example
4559 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4560 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4561 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4562 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4563 @end example
4564
4565 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4566 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4567 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4568
4569 @itemize
4570 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4571 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4572 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4573 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4574 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4575 @end itemize
4576
4577 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4578
4579 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4580 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4581 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4582 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4583 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4584 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4585 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4586
4587 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4588 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4589 @end deffn
4590
4591 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4592 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4593 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4594 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4595 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4596 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4597 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4598 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4599 @end deffn
4600
4601 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4602 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4603 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4604 @end deffn
4605 @end deffn
4606
4607 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4608 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4609 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4610 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4611 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4612
4613 @example
4614 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4615 @end example
4616
4617 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4618 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4619
4620 @itemize
4621 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4622 @item @var{banks}
4623 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4624 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4625 @item @var{pages_size}
4626 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4627 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4628 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4629 @end itemize
4630
4631 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4632 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4633 will be autoconfigured.
4634 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4635
4636 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4637 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4638 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4639 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4640 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4641
4642 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4643 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4644 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4645 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4646 are not truly general purpose).
4647 @quotation Note
4648 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4649 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4650 @end quotation
4651 @end deffn
4652 @end deffn
4653
4654 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4655 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4656 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4657 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4658 @end deffn
4659
4660 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4661 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4662 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4663
4664 @quotation Note
4665 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4666 driver:
4667 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4668 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4669 @end quotation
4670
4671 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4672 which must appear in the following order:
4673
4674 @itemize
4675 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4676 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4677 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4678 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4679 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4680 at which the core is running
4681 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4682 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4683 @quotation Note
4684 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4685 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4686 However, if you do provide it,
4687 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4688 @end quotation
4689 @end itemize
4690
4691 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4692
4693 @example
4694 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4695 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4696 @end example
4697
4698 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4699 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4700 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4701 @end deffn
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4705 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4706 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4707 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4708 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4709 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4710
4711 @example
4712 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4713 @end example
4714 @end deffn
4715
4716 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4717 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4718 from NXP.
4719
4720 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4721 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4722 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4723 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4724 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4725 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4726 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4727 you start the PLL.
4728
4729 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4730
4731 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4732 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4733 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4734
4735 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4736 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4737 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4738 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4739 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4740 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4741 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4742
4743 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4744 @example
4745 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4746 @end example
4747
4748 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4749 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4750 @code{flash banks} command.
4751
4752 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4753 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4754 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4755 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4756 a known signature.
4757 Example:
4758 @example
4759 lpc2900 signature 0
4760 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4761 @end example
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4765 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4766 saves it to a file in binary format.
4767 Example:
4768 @example
4769 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4770 @end example
4771 @end deffn
4772
4773 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4774 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4775 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4776 command:
4777
4778 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4779 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4780 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4781 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4782
4783 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4784 Example:
4785 @example
4786 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4787 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4788 @end example
4789 @end deffn
4790
4791 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4792 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4793 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4794 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4795 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4796 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4797 912 bytes.
4798 @quotation Attention
4799 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4800 @end quotation
4801 Example:
4802 @example
4803 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4804 @end example
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4808 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4809 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4810 after the next power cycle.
4811 @quotation Attention
4812 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4813 @end quotation
4814 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4815 Example:
4816 @example
4817 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4818 flash info 0
4819 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4820 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4821 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4822 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4823 @end example
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4827 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4828 effective after the next power cycle.
4829 @quotation Attention
4830 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4831 @end quotation
4832 Examples:
4833 @example
4834 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4835 @end example
4836 @end deffn
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4840 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4841
4842 @example
4843 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4844 @end example
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4848 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4849 and integrate flash memory.
4850
4851 @example
4852 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4853 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4854 @end example
4855
4856 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4857 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4858 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4859 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4860 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4861 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4862 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4863 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4864 @end deffn
4865 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4866 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4867 This will remove any Code Protection.
4868 @end deffn
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4872 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4873 Texas Instruments
4874 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4875 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4876 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4877 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4878 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4879 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4880
4881 @example
4882 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4883 @end example
4884 @end deffn
4885
4886 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4887 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4888 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4889 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4890 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4891 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4892
4893 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4894 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4895 @quotation Warning
4896 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4897 applied to all of them.
4898 @end quotation
4899 @end deffn
4900
4901 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4902 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4903 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4904 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4905 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4906
4907 @example
4908 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4909 @end example
4910
4911 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
4912 as per the following example.
4913 @example
4914 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4915 @end example
4916
4917 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4918 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4919 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4920 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4921 are defined:
4922
4923 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4924 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4925 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4929 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4930 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4931 @end deffn
4932
4933 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4934 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4935 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4936 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4937 @end deffn
4938
4939 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4940 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4941 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4942 @end deffn
4943 @end deffn
4944
4945 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4946 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4947 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4948 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4949 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4953 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4954 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4955 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4956 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4957
4958 @example
4959 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4960 @end example
4961
4962 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4963 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4964 for the specified flash bank.
4965 @end deffn
4966 @end deffn
4967
4968 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4969 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4970 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4971 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4972 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4973
4974 @example
4975 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4976 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4977 @end example
4978
4979 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4980 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4981 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4982
4983 @itemize @bullet
4984 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4985 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4986 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4987 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4988 @end itemize
4989 @end deffn
4990
4991 @end deffn
4992
4993 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4994 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4995 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4996 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4997
4998 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4999
5000 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5001 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5002 @end deffn
5003
5004 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5005 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5006 @end deffn
5007
5008 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5009 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5010 the flash clock.
5011 @end deffn
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5015 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5016 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5017
5018 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5019
5020 @itemize
5021 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5022 @end itemize
5023
5024 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5025 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5026 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5027 @example
5028 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5029 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5030 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5031 @end example
5032 @end deffn
5033
5034 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5035 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5036 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5037 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5038 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5039 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5040 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5041
5042 @example
5043 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5044 @end example
5045 @end deffn
5046
5047 @subsection str9xpec driver
5048 @cindex str9xpec
5049
5050 Here is some background info to help
5051 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5052 the str9:
5053 @enumerate
5054 @item
5055 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5056 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5057 @item
5058 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5059 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5060 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5061 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5062 @end enumerate
5063
5064 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5065 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5066 configured for flash bank 0.
5067 @example
5068 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5069 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5070 jtag_reset 0 1
5071 # turn off target polling
5072 poll off
5073 # disable str9 core
5074 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5075 # read option bytes
5076 str9xpec options_read 0
5077 # re-enable str9 core
5078 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5079 poll on
5080 reset halt
5081 @end example
5082 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5083 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5084 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5085 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5086
5087 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5088 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5089 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5090 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5091 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5092
5093 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5094
5095 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5096 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5097 @end deffn
5098
5099 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5100 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5101 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5102 @end deffn
5103
5104 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5105 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5106 erase the device.
5107 @end deffn
5108
5109 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5110 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5111 @end deffn
5112
5113 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5114 Configure str9 boot bank.
5115 @end deffn
5116
5117 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5118 Configure str9 lvd source.
5119 @end deffn
5120
5121 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5122 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5123 @end deffn
5124
5125 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5126 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5127 @end deffn
5128
5129 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5130 Read str9 option bytes.
5131 @end deffn
5132
5133 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5134 Write str9 option bytes.
5135 @end deffn
5136
5137 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5138 unlock str9 device.
5139 @end deffn
5140
5141 @end deffn
5142
5143
5144 @section mFlash
5145
5146 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5147 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5148
5149 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5150 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5151 address @var{base}.
5152 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5153 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5154
5155 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5156
5157 @example
5158 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5159 @end example
5160
5161 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5162
5163 @example
5164 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5165 @end example
5166 @end deffn
5167
5168 @subsection mFlash commands
5169 @cindex mFlash commands
5170
5171 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5172 Configure mflash PLL.
5173 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5174 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5175 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5176 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5177 @end deffn
5178
5179 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5180 Configure bootable option.
5181 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5182 (4kB) for boot.
5183 @end deffn
5184
5185 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5186 Configure storage information.
5187 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5188 written.
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5192 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5193 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5194 @end deffn
5195
5196 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5197 Probe mflash.
5198 @end deffn
5199
5200 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5201 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5202 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5203 @end deffn
5204
5205 @node NAND Flash Commands
5206 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5207 @cindex NAND
5208
5209 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5210 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5211 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5212
5213 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5214 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5215 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5216 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5217 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5218 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5219
5220 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5221 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5222 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5223 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5224 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5225 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5226 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5227 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5228 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5229 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5230
5231 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5232 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5233 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5234 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5235 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5236 every 512 bytes of data.
5237
5238 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5239 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5240 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5241 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5242 ECC mode is used.
5243
5244 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5245 @enumerate
5246 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5247 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5248 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5249 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5250 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5251 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5252 to access that device.
5253 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5254 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5255 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5256 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5257 de-brick a board.
5258 @end enumerate
5259
5260 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5261 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5262 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5263 are only 32 bits wide.
5264 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5265 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5266 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5267 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5268
5269 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5270 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5271 @cindex NAND configuration
5272
5273 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5274 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5275 OpenOCD has initialized.
5276
5277 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5278 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5279 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5280 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5281 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5282 they were a single (larger) device.
5283 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5284 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5285
5286 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5287 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5288 configuration files, not interactively.
5289
5290 @itemize @bullet
5291 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5292 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5293 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5294 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5295 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5296 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5297 commands to the NAND controller.
5298 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5299 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5300 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5301 for more information.
5302 @end itemize
5303 @end deffn
5304
5305 @deffn Command {nand list}
5306 Prints a summary of each device declared
5307 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5308 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5309 @example
5310 > nand list
5311 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5312 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5313 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5314 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5315 >
5316 @end example
5317 @end deffn
5318
5319 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5320 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5321 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5322 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5323 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5324 it with most other NAND commands.
5325 @end deffn
5326
5327 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5328
5329 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5330 @cindex NAND reading
5331 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5332 starting at the specified offset.
5333 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5334
5335 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5336 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5337
5338 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5339 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5340 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5341
5342 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5343 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5344 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5345 method which handled that error correction.
5346
5347 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5348 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5349 @itemize @bullet
5350 @item no oob_* parameter
5351 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5352 @item @code{oob_raw}
5353 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5354 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5355 spare areas associated with each data page.
5356 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5357 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5358 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5359 @item @code{oob_only}
5360 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5361 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5362 spare areas associated with each data page.
5363 @end itemize
5364 @end deffn
5365
5366 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5367 @cindex NAND erasing
5368 @cindex NAND programming
5369 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5370 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5371 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5372 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5373 If those parameters are not specified,
5374 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5375 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5376
5377 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5378 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5379 block marker.
5380 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5381 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5382 @end deffn
5383
5384 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5385 @cindex NAND writing
5386 @cindex NAND programming
5387 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5388 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5389 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5390 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5391
5392 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5393 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5394
5395 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5396 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5397 past the end of the device.
5398 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5399 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5400 if that's being written.)
5401
5402 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5403 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5404 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5405
5406 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5407 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5408 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5409 @itemize @bullet
5410 @item no oob_* parameter
5411 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5412 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5413 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5414 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5415 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5416 @item @code{oob_only}
5417 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5418 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5419 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5420 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5421 @item @code{oob_raw}
5422 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5423 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5424 un-altered OOB.
5425 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5426 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5427 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5428 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5429 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5430 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5431 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5432 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5433 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5434 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5435 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5436 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5437 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5438 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5439 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5440 @end itemize
5441 @end deffn
5442
5443 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5444 @cindex NAND verification
5445 @cindex NAND programming
5446 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5447 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5448 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5449
5450 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5451 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5452
5453 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5454 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5455 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5456 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5457 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5458
5459 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5460 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5461 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5462
5463 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5464 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5465 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5466 be removed in a future release.
5467 @end deffn
5468
5469 @section Other NAND commands
5470 @cindex NAND other commands
5471
5472 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5473 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5474 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5475 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5476 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5477 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5478 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5479 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5480
5481 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5482 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5483 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5487 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5488 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5489 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5490 status for each block.
5491 @end deffn
5492
5493 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5494 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5495 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5496
5497 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5498 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5499 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5500 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5501 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5502
5503 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5504 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5505 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5506 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5507 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5508 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5509 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5510 @end deffn
5511
5512 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5513 @section NAND Driver List
5514 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5515 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5516 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5517
5518 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5519 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5520 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5521 address of the ECC controller.
5522 @example
5523 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5524 @end example
5525 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5526 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5527 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5528 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5529 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5530 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5531 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5532 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5533 @end deffn
5534 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5535 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5536 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5537 @end deffn
5538
5539 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5540 properly configured for input or output.
5541 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5542 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5543 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5544 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5545 @end deffn
5546 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5547 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5548 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5549 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5550 @end deffn
5551 @end deffn
5552
5553 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5554 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5555 chips from Texas Instruments.
5556 It takes three extra parameters:
5557 address of the NAND chip;
5558 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5559 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5560 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5561 @example
5562 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5563 @end example
5564 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5565 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5566 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5567 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5568 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5569 @end deffn
5570
5571 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5572 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5573 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5574 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5575 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5576 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5577 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5578 @end deffn
5579
5580 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5581 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5582 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5583 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5584 @end deffn
5585 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5586
5587 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5588 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5589 should work for this chip aswell.
5590 @end deffn
5591
5592 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5593 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5594 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5595 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5596 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5597 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5598 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5599 @example
5600 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5601 @end example
5602 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5603 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5604 without parameter query status.
5605 @end deffn
5606 @end deffn
5607
5608 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5609 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5610 parameter: the address of the controller.
5611 @example
5612 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5613 @end example
5614 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5615 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5616 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5617 change any behavior.
5618 @end deffn
5619
5620 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5621 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5622 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5623 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5624 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5625 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5626 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5627 specialized commands.
5628 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5629 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5630 change any behavior.
5631 @end deffn
5632
5633 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5634 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5635 @cindex PLD
5636 @cindex FPGA
5637
5638 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5639 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5640 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5641 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5642 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5643 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5644 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5645
5646 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5647
5648 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5649 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5650 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5651
5652 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5653 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5654
5655 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5656 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5657 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5658 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5659 behavior.
5660 @end deffn
5661
5662 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5663 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5667 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5668 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5669 @end deffn
5670
5671 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5672
5673 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5674 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5675 that particular type of PLD.
5676
5677 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5678 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5679 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5680 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5681 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5682
5683 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5684 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5685 for FPGA @var{num}.
5686 @end deffn
5687 @end deffn
5688
5689 @node General Commands
5690 @chapter General Commands
5691 @cindex commands
5692
5693 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5694 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5695 commands are documented elsewhere.
5696
5697 Intent:
5698 @itemize @bullet
5699 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5700 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5701 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5702 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5703
5704 @item @b{From the human}
5705 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5706 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5707
5708 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5709 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5710 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5711
5712 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5713 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5714 port is 5555.
5715 @end itemize
5716
5717
5718 @section Daemon Commands
5719
5720 @deffn {Command} exit
5721 Exits the current telnet session.
5722 @end deffn
5723
5724 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5725 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5726 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5727 Not every command provides helptext.
5728
5729 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5730 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5731 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5732 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5733 @end deffn
5734
5735 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5736 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5737 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5738 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5739 Useful in connection with script files
5740 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 @deffn Command shutdown
5744 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @anchor{debug_level}
5748 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5749 @cindex message level
5750 Display debug level.
5751 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5752 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5753 Level 0 is error messages only;
5754 level 1 adds warnings;
5755 level 2 adds informational messages;
5756 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5757 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5758 the command line along with the location of that log
5759 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5760 @xref{Running}.
5761 @end deffn
5762
5763 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5764 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5765 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5766 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5767 @example
5768 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5769 @end example
5770 @end deffn
5771
5772 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5773 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5774 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5775 @end deffn
5776
5777 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5778 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5779 @end deffn
5780
5781 @anchor{Target State handling}
5782 @section Target State handling
5783 @cindex reset
5784 @cindex halt
5785 @cindex target initialization
5786
5787 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5788 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5789 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5790 a current target which is used to perform the
5791 various operations. The current target may be changed
5792 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5793 target which should become current.
5794
5795 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5796 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5797 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5798 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5799 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5800
5801 @emph{With no arguments}:
5802 list all available registers for the current target,
5803 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5804 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5805 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5806 are flagged as such.
5807
5808 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5809
5810 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5811 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5812 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5813 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5814 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5815 relevant module will flush such values.
5816
5817 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5818 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5819
5820 @example
5821 > reg
5822 ===== ARM registers
5823 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5824 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5825 (2) r2 (/32)
5826 ...
5827 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5828 >
5829 @end example
5830 @end deffn
5831
5832 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5833 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5834 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5835 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5836 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5837 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5838 (and enter debug mode).
5839 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5840
5841 @quotation Warning
5842 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5843 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5844 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5845 power mode by gating the core clock;
5846 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5847
5848 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5849 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5850 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5851 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5852 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5853 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5854
5855 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5856 work with a JTAG debugger.
5857 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5858 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5859 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5860 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5861 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5862 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5863 @end quotation
5864
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command resume [address]
5868 Resume the target at its current code position,
5869 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5870 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5871 @end deffn
5872
5873 @deffn Command step [address]
5874 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5875 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5876 @end deffn
5877
5878 @anchor{Reset Command}
5879 @deffn Command reset
5880 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5881 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5882 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5883 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5884 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5885 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5886
5887 The optional parameter specifies what should
5888 happen after the reset.
5889 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5890 The other options will not work on all systems.
5891 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5892
5893 @itemize @minus
5894 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5895 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5896 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5897 @end itemize
5898 @end deffn
5899
5900 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5901 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5902 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5903 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5904 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5905 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5906 state.
5907 @end deffn
5908
5909 @section I/O Utilities
5910
5911 These commands are available when
5912 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5913 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5914 notably the ZY1000.
5915 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5916
5917 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5918
5919 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5920 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5921 the text file @file{filename}.
5922 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5923 The last string is followed by a newline.
5924 @end deffn
5925
5926 @deffn Command cat filename
5927 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5928 @end deffn
5929
5930 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5931 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5932 into @file{dest_filename}.
5933 @end deffn
5934
5935 @deffn Command ip
5936 @emph{No description provided.}
5937 @end deffn
5938
5939 @deffn Command ls
5940 @emph{No description provided.}
5941 @end deffn
5942
5943 @deffn Command mac
5944 @emph{No description provided.}
5945 @end deffn
5946
5947 @deffn Command meminfo
5948 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5949 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5950 @end deffn
5951
5952 @deffn Command peek
5953 @emph{No description provided.}
5954 @end deffn
5955
5956 @deffn Command poke
5957 @emph{No description provided.}
5958 @end deffn
5959
5960 @deffn Command rm filename
5961 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5962 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965 @deffn Command trunc filename
5966 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 @anchor{Memory access}
5970 @section Memory access commands
5971 @cindex memory access
5972
5973 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5974 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5975 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5976 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5977
5978 @enumerate
5979 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5980 to change the current target.
5981 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5982 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5983 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5984 @end enumerate
5985
5986 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5987 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5988 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5989 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5990 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5991 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5992 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5993 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5994 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5995 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5996 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5997 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5998 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6002 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6003 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6004 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6005 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6006 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6007 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6008 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6009 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6010 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013
6014 @anchor{Image access}
6015 @section Image loading commands
6016 @cindex image loading
6017 @cindex image dumping
6018
6019 @anchor{dump_image}
6020 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6021 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6022 binary file named @var{filename}.
6023 @end deffn
6024
6025 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6026 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6027 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6028 @end deffn
6029
6030 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6031 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6032 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6033 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6034 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6035 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6036 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6037 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6038 separately.
6039 @end deffn
6040
6041 @anchor{load_image}
6042 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6043 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6044 The file format may optionally be specified
6045 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6046 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6047 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6048 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6049 @example
6050 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6051 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6052 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6053 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6054 @}
6055 @end example
6056 @end deffn
6057
6058 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6059 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6060 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6061 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6062 The file format may optionally be specified
6063 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6064 @end deffn
6065
6066 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6067 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6068 The file format may optionally be specified
6069 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6070 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073
6074 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6075 @cindex breakpoint
6076 @cindex watchpoint
6077
6078 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6079 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6080 watchpoints.
6081 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6082
6083 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6084 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6085 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6086 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6087 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6088 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6089
6090 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6091 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6092 @end deffn
6093
6094 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6095 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6096 @end deffn
6097
6098 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6099 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6103 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6104 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6105 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6106 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6107 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6108 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6109 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6110 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6111 @end deffn
6112
6113 @section Misc Commands
6114
6115 @cindex profiling
6116 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6117 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6118 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6119 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6120 @end deffn
6121
6122 @deffn Command {version}
6123 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6124 @end deffn
6125
6126 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6127 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6128 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6129 @end deffn
6130
6131 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6132 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6133 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6134 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6135
6136 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6137 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6138 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6139 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6140
6141 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6142 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6143 @cindex tracing
6144 @cindex ETM
6145 @cindex ETB
6146
6147 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6148 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6149 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6150
6151 @itemize
6152 @item
6153 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6154 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6155 supports such an interface.
6156 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6157 and trace port support.)
6158 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6159 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6160 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6161 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6162 in the board-specific configuration file.
6163 @item
6164 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6165 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6166 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6167 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6168 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6169 @end itemize
6170
6171 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6172
6173 @quotation Issues
6174 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6175 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6176
6177 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6178 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6179 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6180 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6181 dummy trace port driver}.
6182
6183 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6184 as well as tracing only during specific states
6185 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6186
6187 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6188 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6189 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6190 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6191 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6192
6193 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6194 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6195 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6196 this original style of JTAG access.
6197 @end quotation
6198
6199 @subsection ETM Configuration
6200 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6201
6202 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6203 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6204 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6205
6206 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6207 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6208 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6209 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6210 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6211 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6212 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6213 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6214 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6215
6216 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6217 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6218 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6219
6220 @quotation Warning
6221 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6222 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6223 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6224 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6225 @end quotation
6226
6227 @quotation Note
6228 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6229 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6230 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6231 what CPU activities are traced.
6232 @end quotation
6233 @end deffn
6234
6235 @deffn Command {etm info}
6236 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6237 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6238 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6239 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn Command {etm status}
6243 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6244 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6245 Did trace data overflow?
6246 Was it triggered?
6247 @end deffn
6248
6249 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6250 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6251 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6252 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6253 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6254
6255 @itemize
6256 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6257 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6258 The value is one of
6259 @option{none} (save nothing),
6260 @option{data} (save data),
6261 @option{address} (save addresses),
6262 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6263 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6264 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6265 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6266 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6267 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6268 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6269 trace stream without an image of the code.
6270 @end itemize
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6274 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6275 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6276 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6277 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6278
6279 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6280 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6281 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6282 @end deffn
6283
6284 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6285
6286 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6287 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6288 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6289
6290 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6291 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6292 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6293 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6294 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6295 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6296 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6297
6298 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6299
6300 @itemize
6301 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6302 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6303 for instruction access within that function's body.
6304 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6305 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6306 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6307 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6308 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6309 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6310 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6311 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6312 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6313 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6314 @item @emph{... more}
6315 @end itemize
6316
6317 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6318 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6319
6320 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6321 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6322 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6323 @end deffn
6324
6325 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6326 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6327 @end deffn
6328
6329 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6330 Opens an image file.
6331 @end deffn
6332
6333 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6334 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6335 @end deffn
6336
6337 @deffn Command {etm start}
6338 Starts trace data collection.
6339 @end deffn
6340
6341 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6342 Stops trace data collection.
6343 @end deffn
6344
6345 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6346 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6347
6348 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6349
6350 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6351 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6352 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6353 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6354 any trace data collection.}
6355 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6356 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6357 @end deffn
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6361 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6362 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6363 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6364 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6365 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6366 @end deffn
6367 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6368 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6369 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6370 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6371 trace trigger becomes active.
6372
6373 @itemize
6374 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6375 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6376 afterwards.
6377 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6378 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6379 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6380 what caused that event to happen.
6381 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6382 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6383 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6384 how the event caused trouble.
6385 @end itemize
6386 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6387 @end deffn
6388
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6392 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6393 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6394 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6395 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6396
6397 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6398 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6399
6400 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6401 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6402 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6403 @end deffn
6404
6405 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6406 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6407 @end deffn
6408
6409 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6410 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6411 @end deffn
6412 @end deffn
6413
6414
6415 @section Generic ARM
6416 @cindex ARM
6417
6418 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6419 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6420 commands that may be available.
6421
6422 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6423 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6424 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6425 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6426 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6427 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6428 @end deffn
6429
6430 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6431 @cindex disassemble
6432 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6433 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6434 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6435 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6436 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6437 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6438 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6439
6440 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6441 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6442 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6443 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6444 with a handful of exceptions.
6445 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6446 @end deffn
6447
6448 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6449 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6450 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6451 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6452 and using the MCR instruction.
6453 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6454 an ARM register.)
6455 @end deffn
6456
6457 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6458 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6459 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6460 and the MRC instruction.
6461 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6462 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6463 an ARM register.)
6464 @end deffn
6465
6466 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6467 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6468 core mode if necessary.
6469 @end deffn
6470
6471 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6472 @cindex ARM semihosting
6473 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6474
6475 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6476 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6477 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6478 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6479 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6480 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6481 @end deffn
6482
6483 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6484 @cindex ARMv4
6485 @cindex ARMv5
6486
6487 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6488 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6489 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6490 variant.
6491
6492 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6493 @cindex ARM7
6494 @cindex ARM9
6495
6496 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6497 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6498 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6499 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6500
6501 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6502 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6503 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6504 instead of breakpoints.
6505 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6506
6507 This should be
6508 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6509 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6510 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6511 @end deffn
6512
6513 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6514 @cindex DCC
6515 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6516 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6517 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6518
6519 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6520 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6521 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6522 @end deffn
6523
6524 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6525 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6526 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6527 that don't check completion of the operation.
6528 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6529
6530 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6531 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6532 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6533 @end deffn
6534
6535 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6536 @cindex ARM720T
6537
6538 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6539 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6540 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6541 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6542
6543 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6544 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6545 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6546
6547 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6548 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6549 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6550 @end deffn
6551
6552 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6553 @cindex ARM9
6554
6555 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6556 integer processors.
6557 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6558
6559 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6560 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6561 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6562 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6563
6564 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6565 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6566 @cindex vector_catch
6567 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6568 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6569 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6570 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6571 to those hardware vectors.
6572
6573 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6574 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6575 vector catch hardware to intercept
6576 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6577 @option{none} of them,
6578 or a list with one or more of the following:
6579 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6580 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6581 @end deffn
6582
6583 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6584 @cindex ARM920T
6585
6586 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6587 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6588 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6589 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6590 and ARM9 commands.
6591
6592 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6593 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6594 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6595 @end deffn
6596
6597 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6598 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6599 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6600 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6601 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6602 (Not all registers can be written.)
6603 @end deffn
6604
6605 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6606 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6607 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6608
6609 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6610 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6611 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6612 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6613 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6614 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6615 @end deffn
6616
6617 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6618 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6619 @end deffn
6620
6621 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6622 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6623 @end deffn
6624
6625 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6626 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6627
6628 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6629 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6630 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6631 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6632 and ARM9 commands.
6633
6634 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6635 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6636
6637 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6638 Print information about the caches found.
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6642 @cindex ARM966E
6643
6644 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6645 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6646 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6647 and ARM9 commands.
6648
6649 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6650 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6651 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6652 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6653 ARM966E-S TRM.
6654 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6655 as required for BIST support.
6656 @end deffn
6657
6658 @subsection XScale specific commands
6659 @cindex XScale
6660
6661 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6662
6663 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6664 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6665 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6666 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6667 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6668 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6669 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6670
6671 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6672 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6673 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6674 the mini-IC.
6675
6676 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6677 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6678 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6679 code layout in memory:
6680 @example
6681 _vectors:
6682 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6683 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6684 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6685 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6686 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6687 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6688 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6689 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6690 .org 0x100
6691 .long real_reset_vector
6692 .long real_ui_handler
6693 .long real_swi_handler
6694 .long real_pf_abort
6695 .long real_data_abort
6696 .long 0 /* unused */
6697 .long real_irq_handler
6698 .long real_fiq_handler
6699 @end example
6700
6701 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6702 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6703 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6704 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6705 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6706 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6707 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6708 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6709 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6710 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6711 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6712 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6713 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6714 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6715 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6716 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6717 software.
6718
6719 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6720 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6721 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6722 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6723
6724 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6725 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6726 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6727 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6728 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6729 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6730 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6731 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6732 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6733
6734 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6735 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6736
6737 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6738 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6739 @end deffn
6740
6741 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6742 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6743 @end deffn
6744
6745 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6746 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6747 @end deffn
6748
6749 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6750 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6751 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6752 @end deffn
6753
6754 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6755 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6756 @end deffn
6757
6758 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6759 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6760 @end deffn
6761
6762 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6763 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6764 @end deffn
6765
6766 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6767 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6768 @end deffn
6769
6770 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6771 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6772 @end deffn
6773
6774 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6775 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6776 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6777 and modifying how it is emptied.
6778 @end deffn
6779
6780 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6781 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6782 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6783 The image @var{type} may be one of
6784 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6785 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6786 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6790 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6791 @cindex vector_catch
6792 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6793 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6794
6795 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6796 @example
6797 0x01 Trap Reset
6798 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6799 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6800 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6801 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6802 0x20 reserved
6803 0x40 Trap IRQ
6804 0x80 Trap FIQ
6805 @end example
6806 @end deffn
6807
6808 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6809 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6810 @cindex vector_table
6811
6812 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6813 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6814 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6815 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6816 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6817
6818 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6819
6820 @end deffn
6821
6822 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6823 @cindex ARMv6
6824
6825 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6826 @cindex ARM11
6827
6828 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6829 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6830 which is enabled by default.
6831 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6832 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6833 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6834 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6835 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6836 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6837 @end deffn
6838
6839 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6840 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6841 which is enabled by default.
6842 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6843 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6847 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6848 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6849 they are disabled by default.
6850 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6851 @end deffn
6852
6853 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6854 @cindex vector_catch
6855 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6856 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6857 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6858
6859 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6860 for certain hardware events.
6861 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6862 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6863 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6864 @end deffn
6865
6866 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6867 @cindex ARMv7
6868
6869 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6870 @cindex Debug Access Port
6871 @cindex DAP
6872 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6873 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6874 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6875
6876 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6877 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6878 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6879 @end deffn
6880
6881 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6882 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6883 @end deffn
6884
6885 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6886 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6887 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6888 @end deffn
6889
6890 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6891 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6892 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6893 @end deffn
6894
6895 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6896 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6897 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6898 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6899 @end deffn
6900
6901 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6902 @cindex Cortex-M3
6903
6904 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6905 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6906
6907 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6908 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6909 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6910 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6911 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6912 the step command leaves with the core running.
6913
6914 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6915 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6916 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6917
6918 Default is @option{auto}.
6919 @end deffn
6920
6921 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6922 @cindex vector_catch
6923 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6924 for certain hardware events.
6925
6926 Parameters request interception of
6927 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6928 @option{none} of them,
6929 or one or more of the following:
6930 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6931 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6932 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6933 @option{irq_err},
6934 @option{state_err},
6935 @option{chk_err}, or
6936 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6937 @option{reset}.
6938 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6939 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6940 are mapped to HardFault.
6941 UsageFault checks for
6942 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6943 must also be explicitly enabled.
6944
6945 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6946 @end deffn
6947
6948 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6949 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6950 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6951 @itemize @minus
6952 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6953 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6954 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6955 @end itemize
6956 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6957 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6958 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6959 the peripherals.
6960 @xref{Target Events}.
6961 @end deffn
6962
6963 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6964 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6965 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6966 @cindex tracing
6967 @cindex libdcc
6968 @cindex DCC
6969 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6970 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6971 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6972 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6973
6974 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6975 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6976 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6977 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6978 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6979 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6980
6981 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6982 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6983 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6984 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6985 The target being debugged may
6986 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6987 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6988 each supported by a command:
6989
6990 @itemize
6991 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6992 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6993 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6994 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6995
6996 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6997 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6998 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6999
7000 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7001 and then displayed at any time.
7002 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7003
7004 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7005 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7006 @end itemize
7007
7008 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7009 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7010 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7011 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7012 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7013 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7014 does the same thing.
7015
7016 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7017 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7018 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7019 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7020 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7021
7022 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7023 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7024 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7025 @end deffn
7026
7027 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7028 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7029 in the order they triggered.
7030 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7031 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7032 history records.
7033 @end deffn
7034
7035 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7036 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7037 they have been triggered.
7038 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7039 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7040 and associates it with that identifier.
7041
7042 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7043 are not related except by this command.
7044 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7045 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7046 @end deffn
7047
7048
7049 @node JTAG Commands
7050 @chapter JTAG Commands
7051 @cindex JTAG Commands
7052 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7053 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7054 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7055 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7056 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7057
7058 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7059 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7060
7061 @itemize @bullet
7062 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7063 devices such as a CPUs.
7064 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7065 standard state machine (in parallel)
7066 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7067 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7068 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7069 while the reading previous ones.
7070 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7071 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7072 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7073 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7074 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7075 registers.
7076 @end itemize
7077
7078 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7079
7080 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7081 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7082 the order of TAP state transitions.
7083 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7084 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7085 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7086 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7087 these commands are not available.
7088
7089 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7090 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7091 that specify the entire register.
7092 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7093 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7094 The return value holds the original value of each
7095 of those fields.
7096
7097 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7098 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7099 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7100 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7101 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7102
7103 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7104 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7105
7106 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7107 in that state.
7108 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7109 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7110 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7111
7112 @quotation Warning
7113 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7114 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7115 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7116 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7117 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7118 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7119 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7120 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7121 @end quotation
7122 @end deffn
7123
7124 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7125 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7126 This may be used for performance tuning.
7127
7128 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7129 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7130 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7131 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7132 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7133 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7134 @end deffn
7135
7136 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7137 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7138 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7139 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7140 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7141 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7142
7143 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7144 in that state.
7145 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7146 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7147 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7148
7149 @quotation Note
7150 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7151 register values, unlike data register values.
7152 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7153 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7154 @end quotation
7155 @end deffn
7156
7157 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7158 Set values of reset signals.
7159 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7160 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7161 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7162 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7163 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7164 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7165 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7166
7167 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7168 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7169 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7170 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7171 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7172 instead of the TRST signal.
7173 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7174 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7175 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7176 with handlers for that event.
7177 @end deffn
7178
7179 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7180 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7181 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7182 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7183 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7184 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7185 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7186 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7187 The final state must also be stable.
7188 @end deffn
7189
7190 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7191 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7192 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7193 Instructions often need some time
7194 to execute before they take effect.
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7198 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7199
7200 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7201 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7202 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7203 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7204 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7205 @end deffn
7206
7207 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7208 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7209 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7210 must also be enabled.
7211 Default is enabled.
7212 @end deffn
7213
7214 @section TAP state names
7215 @cindex TAP state names
7216
7217 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7218 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7219 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7220 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7221
7222 @itemize @bullet
7223 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7224 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7225 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7226 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7227 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7228 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7229 through the data register
7230 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7231 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7232 for update or more shifting
7233 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7234 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7235 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7236 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7237 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7238 through the instruction register
7239 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7240 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7241 for update or more shifting
7242 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7243 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7244 @end itemize
7245
7246 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7247 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7248 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7249 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7250
7251 @itemize @bullet
7252 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7253 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7254 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7255 may not be as expected.
7256 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7257 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7258 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7259 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7260 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7261 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7262 @end itemize
7263
7264 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7265 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7266
7267 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7268 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7269 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7270 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7271
7272 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7273 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7274 @cindex SVF
7275
7276 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7277 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7278 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7279 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7280
7281 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7282 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7283 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7284 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7285 each command is logged before it is executed.
7286 @end deffn
7287
7288 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7289 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7290 @cindex XSVF
7291
7292 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7293 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7294 Xilinx devices.
7295 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7296 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7297
7298 @quotation Important
7299 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7300 @end quotation
7301
7302 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7303 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7304 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7305 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7306 that TAP.
7307 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7308 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7309 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7310 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7311 @end deffn
7312
7313 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7314 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7315 after building the software.
7316 You may find them useful:
7317
7318 @itemize
7319 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7320 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7321 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7322 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7323 @end itemize
7324
7325 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7326 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7327 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7328 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7329 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7330 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7331 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7332
7333
7334 @node TFTP
7335 @chapter TFTP
7336 @cindex TFTP
7337 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7338 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7339
7340 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7341 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7342 server (tftpd). For example,
7343
7344 @example
7345 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7346 @end example
7347
7348 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7349 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7350
7351 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7352 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7353 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7354 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7355
7356 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7357 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7358 @cindex GDB
7359 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7360 to debug remote targets.
7361 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7362
7363 @itemize
7364 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7365 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7366 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7367 as shown in this chapter.
7368 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7369 that also will probably need to be configured.
7370 @end itemize
7371
7372 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7373 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7374 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7375 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7376 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7377 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7378
7379 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7380 @section Connecting to GDB
7381 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7382 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7383 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7384 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7385 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7386
7387 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7388
7389 @enumerate
7390 @item
7391 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7392 @example
7393 target remote localhost:3333
7394 @end example
7395 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7396 @item
7397 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7398 @example
7399 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7400 @end example
7401 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7402 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7403 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7404 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7405 @end enumerate
7406
7407 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7408 GDB command line.
7409
7410 @section Sample GDB session startup
7411
7412 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7413 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7414 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7415 small ARM program.
7416 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7417 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7418
7419 @example
7420 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7421 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7422 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7423 ...
7424 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7425 ...
7426 (gdb) load
7427 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7428 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7429 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7430 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7431 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7432 (gdb) continue
7433 Continuing.
7434 ...
7435 @end example
7436
7437 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7438 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7439 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7440 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7441
7442 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7443
7444 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7445 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7446 packet size and the device's memory map.
7447 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7448 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7449 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7450
7451 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7452 You may need to set those up by hand.
7453 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7454 something like:
7455
7456 @example
7457 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7458 @end example
7459
7460 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7461
7462 @example
7463 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7464 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7465 @end example
7466
7467 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7468 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7469 do not have such restrictions.
7470
7471 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7472 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7473 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7474
7475 @example
7476 define hook-step
7477 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7478 end
7479 define hookpost-step
7480 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7481 end
7482 @end example
7483
7484 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7485 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7486 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7487 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7488
7489 @section Programming using GDB
7490 @cindex Programming using GDB
7491
7492 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7493 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7494 @example
7495 gdb_memory_map disable
7496 @end example
7497 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7498 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7499 working area.
7500
7501 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7502 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7503 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7504 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7505
7506 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7507 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7508
7509 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7510 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7511 @example
7512 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7513 @end example
7514
7515 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7516 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7517
7518 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7519 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7520 will be used.
7521
7522 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7523 script can be executed:
7524 @example
7525 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7526 @end example
7527
7528 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7529 can be used.
7530 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7531 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7532 @cindex SMP
7533 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7534 @itemize @bullet
7535 @item j - smp status request
7536 @item J - smp set request
7537 @end itemize
7538
7539 OpenOCD implements :
7540 @itemize @bullet
7541 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7542 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7543 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7544 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7545 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7546 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7547 @end itemize
7548
7549 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7550 @itemize @bullet
7551 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7552 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7553 @example
7554 set $_core 1
7555 #Jc01 packet is sent
7556 print $_core
7557 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7558 @end example
7559
7560 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7561 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7562
7563 @example
7564 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7565 define toggle0
7566 maint packet Jc0
7567 continue
7568 main packet Jc-1
7569 end
7570 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7571 define toggle1
7572 maint packet Jc1
7573 continue
7574 main packet Jc-1
7575 end
7576 @end example
7577 @end itemize
7578
7579
7580 @node Tcl Scripting API
7581 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7582 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7583 @cindex Tcl scripts
7584 @section API rules
7585
7586 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7587 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7588 information as an argument to each proc.
7589
7590 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7591 pair list and lists.
7592
7593 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7594 list.
7595
7596 @verbatim
7597
7598 > set foo(me) Duane
7599 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7600 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7601 > set foo(duck) Donald
7602
7603 If one does this:
7604
7605 > set foo
7606
7607 The result is:
7608
7609 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7610
7611 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7612
7613 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7614 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7615 }
7616 @end verbatim
7617
7618 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7619 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7620
7621 @section Internal low-level Commands
7622
7623 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7624
7625 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7626 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7627 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7628
7629 @itemize @bullet
7630 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7631
7632 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7633 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7634
7635 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7636 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7637
7638 Return information about the flash banks
7639 @end itemize
7640
7641 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7642 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7643 called "flash_banks".
7644
7645 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7646
7647 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7648 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7649 holds one of the following values:
7650
7651 @itemize @bullet
7652 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7653 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7654 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7655 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7656 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7657 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7658 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7659 @end itemize
7660
7661 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7662
7663 @quotation Note
7664 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7665 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7666 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7667 is jim, not real tcl).
7668 @end quotation
7669
7670 @node FAQ
7671 @chapter FAQ
7672 @cindex faq
7673 @enumerate
7674 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7675 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7676 @cindex RTCK
7677 @cindex adaptive clocking
7678 @*
7679
7680 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7681 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7682 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7683 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7684
7685 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7686 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7687 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7688 @enumerate
7689 @item
7690 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7691 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7692 @item
7693 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7694 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7695 @end enumerate
7696
7697 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7698 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7699 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7700 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7701 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7702 power).
7703
7704 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7705 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7706 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7707 ARM926 scenario).
7708 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7709 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7710 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7711
7712 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7713 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7714 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7715 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7716
7717 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7718
7719 In order to make use of this,
7720 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7721 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7722
7723 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7724 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7725 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7726 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7727 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7728
7729 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7730 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7731 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7732 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7733
7734 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7735 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7736 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7737 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7738 with a CPLD.
7739 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7740 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7741 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7742 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7743 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7744 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7745
7746 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7747
7748 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7749
7750 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7751 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7752 depending on the chips on your board.
7753 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7754 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7755 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7756
7757 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7758 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7759 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7760
7761 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7762 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7763 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7764 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7765
7766 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7767 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7768 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7769 this way.
7770
7771 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7772 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7773 clock rate.
7774 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7775 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7776 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7777
7778 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7779
7780 @example
7781 # Example: 1.234MHz
7782 adapter_khz 1234
7783 @end example
7784
7785
7786 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7787
7788 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7789 around Windows filenames.
7790
7791 @example
7792 > echo \a
7793
7794 > echo @{\a@}
7795 \a
7796 > echo "\a"
7797
7798 >
7799 @end example
7800
7801
7802 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7803
7804 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7805 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7806 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7807
7808 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7809 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7810 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7811
7812 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7813 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7814 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7815
7816 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7817
7818 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7819 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7820 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7821 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7822
7823 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7824 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7825 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7826
7827 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7828 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7829
7830 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7831 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7832 memory read caused data abort".
7833
7834 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7835 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7836 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7837 be done, feel free to add this here.
7838
7839 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7840 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7841 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7842 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7843 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7844 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7845 gracefully stops.
7846
7847 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7848 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7849 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7850
7851 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7852 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7853 bytes. Painful...
7854
7855
7856 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7857 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7858
7859 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7860 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7861 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7862 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7863 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7864 reset, everything else should work fine.
7865
7866 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7867 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7868 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7869 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7870
7871 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7872 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7873 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7874 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7875
7876 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7877
7878 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7879 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7880 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7881 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7882
7883 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7884 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7885 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7886 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7887
7888 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7889 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7890 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7891
7892 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7893 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7894
7895 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7896 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7897 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7898 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7899 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7900 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7901 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7902 clock frequency?
7903
7904 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7905 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7906 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7907 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7908 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7909
7910 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7911
7912 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7913 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7914 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7915 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7916 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7917 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7918 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7919
7920 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7921
7922 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7923 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7924 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7925 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7926
7927 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7928 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7929 particular order?
7930
7931 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7932 the same order used by the hardware.
7933
7934 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7935 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7936 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7937 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7938 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7939 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7940
7941 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7942 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7943 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7944 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7945
7946 @itemize @bullet
7947 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7948 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7949 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7950 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7951 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7952 @end itemize
7953
7954 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7955
7956 @itemize @bullet
7957 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7958 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7959 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7960 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7961 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7962 @end itemize
7963
7964
7965 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7966 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7967 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7968
7969 TODO.
7970
7971 @end enumerate
7972
7973 @node Tcl Crash Course
7974 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7975 @cindex Tcl
7976
7977 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7978 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7979 how the Tcl scripts work.
7980
7981 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7982 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7983 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7984 OpenOCD.
7985
7986 @section Tcl Rule #1
7987 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7988 @enumerate
7989 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7990 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7991 @end enumerate
7992
7993 The Tcl equal is this:
7994
7995 @enumerate
7996 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7997 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7998 @end enumerate
7999
8000 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8001 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8002
8003 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8004 There is a second pair of rules.
8005 @enumerate
8006 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8007 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8008 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8009 in Tcl.
8010 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8011 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8012 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8013 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8014 @end enumerate
8015
8016 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8017 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8018 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8019 Everything is a string}
8020
8021 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8022 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8023 difference is subtle.
8024 @enumerate
8025 @item Parse Time
8026 @item Evaluation Time
8027 @end enumerate
8028
8029 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8030 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8031 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8032
8033 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8034 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8035 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8036 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8037
8038 @itemize @bullet
8039 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8040 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8041 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8042 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8043 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8044 @example
8045 # bash example
8046 X=`date`
8047 echo "The Date is: $X"
8048 # Tcl example
8049 set X [date]
8050 puts "The Date is: $X"
8051 @end example
8052 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8053 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8054 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8055 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8056 is a string}
8057 @example
8058 set x "Dinner"
8059 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8060 @end example
8061 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8062 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8063 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8064 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8065 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8066 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8067 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8068 @end itemize
8069
8070 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8071
8072 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8073
8074 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8075
8076 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8077 the normal way.
8078
8079 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8080 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8081 line is immedatly executed.
8082
8083 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8084 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8085
8086 @subsection Command Execution
8087
8088 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8089 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8090 control flow operators.
8091
8092 Commands are executed like this:
8093
8094 @enumerate
8095 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8096 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8097 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8098 @end enumerate
8099
8100 It sort of works like this:
8101 @example
8102 for(;;)@{
8103 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8104
8105 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8106
8107 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8108 @}
8109 @end example
8110
8111 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8112 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8113 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8114 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8115 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8116 ``LookupCommand()''
8117
8118 @subsection The FOR command
8119
8120 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8121 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8122 command just like any other command.
8123
8124 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8125 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8126 are:
8127
8128 @enumerate 0
8129 @item The ascii text 'for'
8130 @item The start text
8131 @item The test expression
8132 @item The next text
8133 @item The body text
8134 @end enumerate
8135
8136 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8137 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8138 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8139 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8140
8141 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8142 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8143
8144 @example
8145 int
8146 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8147 int *argc,
8148 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8149 @end example
8150
8151 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8152 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8153 still operates in the same basic way.
8154
8155 @subsection FOR command implementation
8156
8157 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8158 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8159
8160 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8161
8162 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8163
8164 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8165 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8166 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8167
8168 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8169 expression and returns a value.
8170
8171 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8172 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8173 @example
8174 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8175
8176 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8177
8178 int
8179 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8180 int argc,
8181 char **argv )
8182 @{
8183 if( argc != 5 )@{
8184 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8185 return ERROR;
8186 @}
8187
8188 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8189
8190 // Execute the start statement.
8191 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8192
8193 // Top of loop test
8194 for(;;)@{
8195 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8196 if( i == 0 )
8197 break;
8198
8199 // Execute the body
8200 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8201
8202 // Execute the LOOP part
8203 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8204 @}
8205
8206 // Return no error
8207 SetResult( interp, "" );
8208 return SUCCESS;
8209 @}
8210 @end example
8211
8212 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8213 in the same basic way.
8214
8215 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8216
8217 @subsection source and find commands
8218 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8219 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8220 @*Remember the parsing rules
8221 @enumerate
8222 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8223 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8224 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8225 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8226 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8227 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8228 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8229 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8230 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8231 @end enumerate
8232 @subsection format command
8233 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8234 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8235 @b{sprintf()}.
8236 @b{Example}
8237 @example
8238 set x 6
8239 set y 7
8240 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8241 @end example
8242 @enumerate
8243 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8244 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8245 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8246 @* Refer to Rule #1
8247 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8248 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8249 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8250 @end enumerate
8251 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8252 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8253 @example
8254 #1 Good
8255 proc someproc @{@} @{
8256 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8257 @}
8258 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8259 #2 Good - no variables
8260 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8261 #3 Good Curly Braces
8262 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8263 puts "Time: [date]"
8264 @}
8265 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8266 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8267 @end example
8268 @enumerate
8269 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8270 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8271 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8272 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8273 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8274 command.
8275 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8276 @*There are 4 examples:
8277 @enumerate
8278 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8279 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8280 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8281 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8282 @end enumerate
8283
8284 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8285 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8286 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8287
8288 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8289 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8290 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8291 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8292 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8293 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8294 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8295 @end enumerate
8296 @subsection Global Variables
8297 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8298 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8299 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8300 @example
8301 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8302 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8303 global x #Global variable X
8304 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8305 @}
8306 @end example
8307 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8308 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8309 @example
8310 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8311 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8312 # Create var name
8313 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8314 # Make it a global
8315 global $vn
8316 # Set it.
8317 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8318 @}
8319 @end example
8320 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8321 @example
8322 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8323 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8324 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8325 @}
8326 @end example
8327
8328 @include fdl.texi
8329
8330 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8331 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8332 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8333 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8334 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8335 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8336
8337 @printindex cp
8338
8339 @node Command and Driver Index
8340 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8341 @printindex fn
8342
8343 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)